S-1/A
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 7, 2005
Registration No. 333-123028
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 1
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
CITI TRENDS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
5600 |
|
52-2150697 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
|
(Primary standard industrial
classification code number) |
|
(IRS employer
identification number) |
102 Fahm Street
Savannah, Georgia 31401
(912) 236-1561
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of
registrants principal executive offices)
R. Edward Anderson
Chief Executive Officer
Citi Trends, Inc.
102 Fahm Street
Savannah, Georgia 31401
(912) 236-1561
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
William F. Schwitter, Esq. |
|
Richard C. Tilghman, Jr., Esq. |
Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP |
|
Wm. David Chalk, Esq. |
75 East 55th Street |
|
DLA Piper Rudnick Gray Cary US LLP |
New York, New York 10022 |
|
6225 Smith Avenue |
(212) 318-6000 |
|
Baltimore, Maryland 21209 |
(212) 319-4090 (fax) |
|
(410) 580-3000 |
|
|
(410) 580-3001 (fax) |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after this Registration
Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
Rule 434, please check the following
box. o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of |
|
|
Proposed Maximum |
|
|
Amount of |
Securities to be Registered |
|
|
Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2) |
|
|
Registration Fee(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
|
|
|
$57,500,000 |
|
|
$6,767.75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration
fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended. |
(2) |
Includes shares of common stock subject to the
underwriters over-allotment option. |
|
(3) |
Previously paid. |
|
The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this registration statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or until the
registration statement shall become effective on such date as
the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
The information
in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These
securities may not be sold until the registration statement
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.
This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we
are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state
where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
Subject To Completion, Dated
April 7, 2005
Preliminary Prospectus
Shares
Common Stock
$ per
share
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of
Citi Trends, Inc. Citi Trends is
offering shares
of common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this
prospectus are
offering shares
of common stock.
We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be
between
$ and
$ per
share. The market price of the shares after the offering may be
higher or lower than the offering price.
We intend to list our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol CTRN.
Investing in the common stock involves
risks. See Risk Factors beginning on
page 6.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
Total |
|
|
|
Price to the public
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Proceeds to Citi Trends, Inc.
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Proceeds to the selling stockholders
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
We and the selling stockholders have granted an option to the
underwriters to purchase up to a maximum
of additional
shares of our common stock within 30 days following the
date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. The
underwriters may purchase up to of the additional shares
from us and up
to of
the additional shares from the selling stockholders.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to
purchasers on or
about ,
2005.
Neither the Securities and Exchange
Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or
disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus
is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
CIBC World Markets
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray |
SG Cowen & Co. |
Wachovia Securities |
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2005
Table of Contents
Prospectus Summary
This summary highlights information contained in other parts
of this prospectus, and because it is only a summary, it does
not contain all of the information that you should consider
before buying shares. You should read the entire prospectus
carefully. All share numbers in this prospectus reflect
a -for-one
stock split of our common stock, which will occur simultaneously
with the closing of this offering. Our fiscal year ends on the
Saturday closest to January 31, and, except as otherwise
provided, references in this prospectus to a fiscal year mean
the 52- or 53-week period ended on the Saturday closest to
January 31 of the succeeding year. Fiscal 2004, for example,
refers to the fiscal year ended January 29, 2005.
Citi Trends, Inc.
We are a rapidly growing, value-priced retailer of urban fashion
apparel and accessories for the entire family. We offer quality,
branded merchandise for men, women and children, including
products from nationally recognized brands, as well as private
label products and a limited assortment of home décor
items. Our merchandise offerings are designed to appeal to the
preferences of fashion conscious consumers, particularly
African-Americans. Through strong relationships with our
suppliers, we believe that we are able to offer our products at
compelling values. We seek to provide nationally recognized
branded merchandise at 20% to 60% discounts to department and
specialty stores regular prices.
We currently operate 208 stores in both urban and rural markets
in 12 states. Originally our stores were located in the
Southeast, and we have recently expanded into the Mid-Atlantic
region and Texas. Our stores average approximately
8,700 square feet of selling space, and our stores opened
since the beginning of fiscal 2003 average approximately
10,300 square feet of selling space. Our stores are
generally located in neighborhood strip shopping centers that
are convenient to low and moderate income consumers. These
locations allow us to serve our customers at rents that we
believe are attractive, and combined with our differentiated
merchandise assortment, compelling value proposition and
efficient operating model, enable us to generate strong return
on store investments. Our new stores typically pay back our unit
investment within 12 to 14 months.
Our predecessor was founded in 1946 and grew to become a chain
of family apparel stores operating in the Southeast under the
Allied Department Stores name. In 1999, our chain of stores,
then consisting of 85 stores throughout the Southeast, was
acquired by Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P., or
Hampshire Equity Partners, a private equity firm. Our management
team implemented several strategies that have driven our success
including refining our merchandise offerings with a focus on
urban fashions for the entire family, accelerating and
completing the remodeling of virtually all of the 85 acquired
stores, and, executing an aggressive new store growth plan. We
have
|
|
|
|
|
|
grown our store base from 85 stores at the time of the
acquisition to 208 stores as of March 31, 2005; |
|
|
|
|
|
increased average sales per store from $0.8 million in
fiscal 2000 to $1.1 million in fiscal 2004; |
|
|
|
|
|
generated comparable store sales increases in each of the past
five fiscal years; |
|
|
|
|
|
increased sales from $80.9 million in fiscal 2000 to
$203.4 million in fiscal 2004, representing a compound
annual growth rate of approximately 26%; and |
|
|
|
|
|
increase net income from $1.2 million in fiscal 2000 to
$7.3 million in fiscal 2004. |
|
1
Our goal is to be the leading value-priced retailer of urban
fashion apparel and accessories. We believe the following
business strengths differentiate us from our competitors and are
important to our success:
|
|
|
|
|
focus on providing a timely and fashionable assortment of urban
apparel and accessories; |
|
|
|
superior value proposition, with nationally recognized brands
offered at 20% to 60% discounts to department and specialty
stores regular prices; |
|
|
|
merchandise mix that appeals to the entire family,
distinguishing our stores from many competitors that focus only
on women and reducing our exposure to fashion trends and demand
cycles in any single category; |
|
|
|
strong and flexible sourcing relationships managed by our
20-member buying team, staffed by individuals with an average of
more than 20 years of retail experience; |
|
|
|
attractive fashion presentation and store environment similar to
a specialty apparel retailer, rather than a typical off-price
store; and |
|
|
|
highly profitable store model. |
Our growth strategy is to open stores in new and existing
markets, as well as to increase sales in existing stores. Adding
stores in the markets we currently serve enables us to benefit
from enhanced name recognition and achieve advertising and
operating synergies, and entering new markets opens additional
growth opportunities. In each of fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, we
intend to open an additional 40 stores, approximately 70% of
which will be located in states we currently serve. We intend to
increase comparable store sales primarily through merchandising
enhancements and the expansion of product categories such as
home décor and intimate apparel.
Corporate Information
We are incorporated in Delaware, and our principal executive
offices are located at 102 Fahm Street, Savannah, Georgia 31401,
and our telephone number is (912) 236-1561. Our website
address is www.cititrends.com. Information contained in, or
accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this
prospectus.
2
The Offering
|
|
|
Common stock offered by Citi Trends, Inc. |
|
shares |
|
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
|
shares |
|
Common stock to be outstanding after the offering |
|
shares |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that the net proceeds to be received by us from this
offering will be approximately
$ million,
after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
offering expenses payable by us. Approximately
$ million
of these net proceeds will be used to redeem all of our
outstanding Series A preferred stock, $.01 par value per
share, or Series A Preferred Stock, and to pay all accrued
and unpaid dividends thereon, and
$ million
will be used to repay outstanding indebtedness. We expect that
the remainder of our net proceeds will be used for new store
openings, the acquisition or design and construction of a new
distribution center in fiscal 2006 and general corporate
purposes. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale
of shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders. |
|
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol |
|
CTRN |
Unless otherwise stated, information in this prospectus assumes:
|
|
|
|
|
a for-one
stock split of our common stock, which will occur simultaneously
with the completion of this offering; |
|
|
|
no exercise of outstanding options to
purchase shares
of common stock outstanding as
of ,
2005; and |
|
|
|
no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option. |
3
Summary Financial and Operating Data
The following table provides summary financial and operating
data for each of the fiscal years in the five-year period ended
January 29, 2005, including: (a) our statement of
operations data for each such period, (b) additional
operating data for each such period and (c) our balance
sheet data as of January 29, 2005, on an actual basis and
as adjusted to give effect to the receipt and application of the
net proceeds from this offering. The statement of operations
data for fiscal 2002, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004, are derived
from financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus
that have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered
public accountants. The statement of operations data for fiscal
2000 and fiscal 2001 are derived from our audited financial
statements that are not included in this prospectus. The summary
financial and operating data set forth below should be read in
conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by
reference to, the sections of this prospectus entitled
Selected Financial and Operating Data and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of
results to be expected for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
February 2, |
|
February 1, |
|
January 31, |
|
January 29, |
|
|
2001 |
|
2002 |
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
80,939 |
|
|
$ |
97,933 |
|
|
$ |
124,951 |
|
|
$ |
157,198 |
|
|
$ |
203,442 |
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
51,762 |
|
|
|
62,050 |
|
|
|
77,807 |
|
|
|
98,145 |
|
|
|
127,308 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
29,177 |
|
|
|
35,883 |
|
|
|
47,144 |
|
|
|
59,053 |
|
|
|
76,134 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
|
|
|
26,834 |
|
|
|
31,405 |
|
|
|
38,760 |
|
|
|
48,845 |
|
|
|
63,594 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
2,343 |
|
|
|
4,478 |
|
|
|
8,385 |
|
|
|
10,208 |
|
|
|
12,540 |
|
|
Interest
expense(2)
|
|
|
787 |
|
|
|
455 |
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
563 |
|
|
|
732 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before
income taxes
|
|
|
1,556 |
|
|
|
4,023 |
|
|
|
8,129 |
|
|
|
9,645 |
|
|
|
11,808 |
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
358 |
|
|
|
1,566 |
|
|
|
3,101 |
|
|
|
3,727 |
|
|
|
4,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
1,198 |
|
|
$ |
2,457 |
|
|
$ |
5,028 |
|
|
$ |
5,918 |
|
|
$ |
7,257 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per
common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used to compute net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of stores:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opened during period
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
Closed during period
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
Open at end of period
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
Selling square footage at end of period
|
|
|
786,534 |
|
|
|
891,843 |
|
|
|
1,043,713 |
|
|
|
1,290,039 |
|
|
|
1,715,943 |
|
|
Comparable store sales
increase(3)
|
|
|
17.6% |
|
|
|
6.5% |
|
|
|
14.6% |
|
|
|
5.5% |
|
|
|
3.0% |
|
|
Average sales per
store(4)
|
|
$ |
782 |
|
|
$ |
818 |
|
|
$ |
961 |
|
|
$ |
1,055 |
|
|
$ |
1,127 |
|
(footnotes on following page)
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of January 29, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
Actual |
|
As Adjusted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
11,801 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
70,790 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
47,025 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
23,765 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31 of
each year. Fiscal years 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 comprise
52 weeks. Fiscal year 2000 comprises 53 weeks. |
|
|
|
(2) |
Our Series A Preferred Stock, which will be redeemed using
a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, was
reclassified as debt as of the second quarter of fiscal 2003, in
accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Boards
(FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 150, Accounting for Certain
Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities
and Equity. The amount of dividends treated as interest
expense in fiscal 2004 was $324,450, fiscal 2003 was $189,000
and none in fiscal 2002. |
|
|
|
(3) |
Stores included in the comparable store sales calculation for
any period are those stores that were opened prior to the
beginning of the preceding fiscal year and were still open at
the end of such period. Relocated stores and expanded stores are
included in the comparable store sales results. |
|
|
|
(4) |
Average sales per store is defined as net sales divided by the
average of stores open at the end of the prior period and stores
open at the end of the current period. |
|
5
Risk Factors
An investment in shares of our common stock involves a high
degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following
information about these risks, together with the other
information contained in this prospectus, before you decide
whether to buy our common stock. The occurrence of any of the
following risks could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Relating to Citi Trends, Inc.
Our success depends on our ability to anticipate, identify
and respond rapidly to changes in consumers fashion
tastes, and our failure to evaluate adequately fashion trends
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
The apparel industry in general and our core customer market in
particular are subject to rapidly evolving fashion trends and
shifting consumer demands. Accordingly, our success is heavily
dependent on our ability to anticipate, identify and capitalize
on emerging fashion trends, including products, styles and
materials that will appeal to our target consumers. Our failure
to anticipate, identify or react appropriately to changes in
styles, trends, brand preferences or desired image preferences
is likely to lead to lower demand for our merchandise, which
could cause, among other things, sales declines, excess
inventories and higher markdowns. The inaccuracy of our
forecasts regarding fashion trends could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
If we are unsuccessful in competing with our retail apparel
competitors, our market share could decline or our growth could
be impaired and, as a result, our financial results could
suffer.
The retail apparel market is highly competitive, with few
barriers to entry. We compete against a diverse group of
retailers, including national off-price apparel chains such as
The TJX Companies, Inc., or TJX Companies, Burlington Coat
Factory Warehouse Corp., or Burlington Coat Factory, and Ross
Stores, Inc., or Ross Stores; mass merchants such as Wal-Mart
and Kmart; smaller discount retail chains that only sell
womens products, such as Rainbow, Dots, Fashion Cents,
Its Fashions (a subsidiary of The Cato Corporation) and
Simply Fashions; and general merchandise discount stores and
dollar stores, which offer a variety of products, including
apparel, for the value-conscious consumer. We also compete
against local off-price and specialty retail stores, regional
retail chains, traditional department stores, and Internet and
other direct retailers.
The level of competition we face from these retailers varies
depending on the product segment, as many of our competitors do
not offer apparel for the entire family. Our greatest
competition is generally in womens apparel. Many of our
competitors are larger than we are and have substantially
greater resources than we do and, as a result, may be able to
adapt better to changing market conditions, exploit new
opportunities, exert greater pricing pressures on suppliers and
open new stores more quickly and effectively than we can. Many
of these retailers have better name recognition among consumers
than we have and purchase significantly more merchandise from
vendors. These retailers may be able to purchase branded
merchandise that we cannot purchase because of their name
recognition and relationships with suppliers, or they may be
able to purchase branded merchandise with better pricing
concessions than we receive. Our local and regional competitors
have extensive knowledge of the consumer base and may be able to
garner more loyalty from customers than we can. In addition, our
online competitors enjoy a retailing advantage over us as we
have only recently completed the upgrade of our website to
enable Internet sales of selected urban branded apparel provided
by third parties. If the consumer base we serve is satisfied
with the selection, quality and price of our competitors
products, consumers may decide not to shop in our stores.
Additionally, if our existing competitors or other retailers
decide to focus more on our core customers, particularly
African-Americans consumers, we may have greater difficulty in
competing effectively, our business and results of operations
could be adversely affected, and the market price of our common
stock could suffer.
The retail industry periodically has experienced consolidation
and other ownership changes. In the future, other United States
or foreign retailers may consolidate, undergo restructurings or
reorganizations, or realign their affiliations. Any of these
developments could result in our competitors increasing their
buying power or market
6
visibility. These developments may cause us to lose market share
and could have a material adverse effect on our sales, revenues
and results of operations.
We could experience a reduction in sales and revenues or
reduced cash flows if we are unable to fulfill our current and
future merchandising needs.
We depend on our suppliers for the continued availability and
satisfactory quality of our merchandise. Most of our suppliers
could discontinue selling to us at any time. Additionally, if
the manufacturers or other owners of brands or trademarks
terminate the license agreements under which some of our
suppliers sell us products, we may be unable to obtain
replacement merchandise of comparable fashion appeal or quality,
in the same quantities or at the same prices. If we lose the
services of one or more of our significant suppliers or one or
more of them fail to meet our merchandising needs, we may be
unable to obtain replacement merchandise in a timely manner. If
our existing suppliers cannot meet our increased needs and we
cannot locate alternative supply sources, we may be unable to
obtain sufficient quantities of the most popular items of the
nationally recognized brands at attractive prices, which could
negatively impact our sales, revenues and results of operations.
As an apparel retailer, we rely on numerous third-parties in
the supply chain to produce and deliver the products that we
sell, and our business may be negatively impacted by their
failure to comply with applicable law.
As an importer and retailer of goods, we rely on numerous
third-parties to supply the products that we sell. Violations of
law by our importers, buying agents, manufacturers or
distributors could result in delays in shipments and receipt of
goods and could subject us to fines or other penalties, any of
which could restrict our business activities, increase our
operating expenses or cause our revenues to decline. Further, we
are susceptible to the receipt of counterfeit brands or
unlicensed goods. We could incur liability with manufacturers or
other owners of the brands or trademarked products if we
inadvertently receive and sell counterfeit brands or unlicensed
goods. It is important that we establish relationships with
reputable vendors to prevent the possibility that we
inadvertently receive counterfeit brands or unlicensed goods.
Although we have a quality assurance team to check merchandise
in an effort to assure that we purchase only authentic brands
and licensed goods and are careful in selecting our vendors, we
may receive products that we are prohibited from selling or
incur liability for selling counterfeit brands or unlicensed
goods, which could increase our operating expenses and cause our
net income to decline.
If our growth strategy is unsuccessful, our financial
condition and results of operation could suffer and the market
price of our common stock could decline.
Our ability to continue to increase our net sales and earnings
depends, in large part, on opening new stores and operating our
new and existing stores profitably. We opened 40 new stores in
fiscal 2004 and 25 new stores in fiscal 2003, and we intend to
open 40 new stores in each of fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006. If we
are unable to open all of these stores or operate them
profitability, we may not achieve our forecasted sales and
earnings growth targets. This could have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition and results of operation as
well as cause a significant decline in the market price of our
common stock.
The success of our growth strategy is dependent upon, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
|
identifying suitable markets and sites within those markets for
new store locations and negotiating acceptable lease terms for
new store locations; |
|
|
|
|
hiring, training and retaining competent sales and store
management personnel; |
|
|
|
obtaining adequate capital; |
|
|
|
effectively managing higher levels of inventory to meet the
needs of new and existing stores on a timely basis; |
|
|
|
|
maintaining a merchandise mix that appeals to cultural and
fashion preferences and/or climate differences in new markets
that are different from those in our existing markets; |
|
|
|
|
maintaining the appropriate proportion of new stores to existing
stores in a particular market so that sales at existing stores
do not decline due to a lack of new customers and a dispersion
of existing customers; |
7
|
|
|
|
|
fostering existing and new relationships with suppliers capable
of providing us with a sufficient amount of merchandise to meet
our growing needs as we increase the number of our stores; |
|
|
|
successfully integrating the new stores into our existing
operations and expanding our infrastructure to accommodate our
growing number of stores; and |
|
|
|
developing and operating additional distribution capacity as we
increase the number of stores. |
Growth of our store base will place increased demands on our
operating, managerial and administrative resources and may lead
to management and operating inefficiencies. These demands and
inefficiencies may cause deterioration in the financial
performance of our individual stores and, therefore, our entire
business.
We could experience increased operating costs and limited
amounts of growth if we are unable to obtain reasonably priced
financing.
We may need to raise additional debt or equity capital in the
future to open new stores, to respond to competitive pressures
or to respond to unforeseen financial requirements. We may not
be able to obtain additional capital on commercially reasonable
terms or at all. Our inability to obtain reasonably priced
financing could create increased operating costs and diminished
levels of growth, as we could be forced to incur indebtedness
with above-market interest rates or with substantial restrictive
covenants, issue equity securities that dilute the ownership
interests of existing stockholders or scale back our operations
and/or store growth strategy.
A significant disruption to our distribution process or
southeastern retail locations could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our ability to distribute merchandise to our store locations in
a timely manner is essential to the efficient and profitable
operation of our business. At the center of our distribution
process are our two distribution centers located in Savannah,
Georgia, one of which also serves as our corporate headquarters.
Any natural disaster or other disruption to the operation of
either of these facilities due to fire, hurricane, other natural
disaster or any other cause could damage a significant portion
of our inventory or impair our ability to stock adequately our
stores and process product returns to suppliers.
In addition, Savannah, Georgia and the southeastern United
States are vulnerable to significant damage or destruction from
hurricanes and tropical storms. Although we maintain insurance
on our stores and other facilities, the economic effects of a
natural disaster that affects our distribution centers and/or a
significant number of our stores could increase our operating
expenses, impair our cash flows and reduce our revenues, which
could negatively impact the market price of our common stock.
Our growth strategy requires that we expand our distribution
capacity, and, in the event that we are unable to find a
suitable location for such a facility, our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be materially
adversely affected.
We will need additional distribution capacity in the next two to
three years to support our anticipated growth. Although we
currently intend to acquire or design and construct a new
distribution center during this time period, there is no
assurance that we will be able to acquire or design and
construct such a center in a cost efficient manner. In order to
maintain the efficient operation of our business, additional
centers may need to be located in closer proximity to the new
markets that we enter. In addition, we may have difficulty
finding suitable locations for new distribution centers, and, if
we do, they may be more expensive to operate than our existing
facilities. Our failure to expand our distribution capacity on a
timely basis to keep pace with our anticipated growth in stores
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Our net sales, inventory levels and earnings fluctuate on a
seasonal basis, which makes our business more susceptible to
adverse events that occur during those seasons.
Our net sales and earnings are disproportionately higher during
the first and fourth quarters each year due to the importance of
the spring selling season, which includes Easter, and the fall
selling season, which includes Christmas. Factors negatively
affecting us during the first and fourth quarters, including
adverse weather and unfavorable
8
economic conditions, will have a greater adverse effect on our
financial condition than if our business were less seasonal.
In order to prepare for the spring and fall selling seasons, we
must order and keep in stock significantly more merchandise than
during other parts of the year. This seasonality makes our
business more susceptible to the risk that our inventory will
not satisfy actual consumer demand. Any unanticipated demand
imbalances during these peak shopping seasons could require us
either to sell excess inventory at a substantial markdown or
fail to satisfy our consumers. In either event, our net sales
and gross margins may be lower than historical levels, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We experience fluctuations and variability in our comparable
store sales and quarterly results of operations and, as a
result, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate or
decline substantially.
Our comparable store sales and quarterly results have fluctuated
significantly in the past, and we expect them to continue to
fluctuate in the future. Since the beginning of fiscal 2003, our
quarter-to-quarter comparable store sales have ranged from an
increase of 0.3% to an increase of 8.9%. This variability could
cause our comparable store sales and quarterly results to fall
below the expectations of securities analysts or investors which
could result in volatility of the market price of our common
stock. Our comparable store sales and quarterly results of
operations are affected by a variety of factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
fashion trends, including consumer response to new and existing
styles; |
|
|
|
seasonal demand for apparel; |
|
|
|
calendar shifts of holidays; |
|
|
|
our merchandise mix and the gross margins we achieve on the
various merchandise we sell; |
|
|
|
our ability to source, manage and distribute merchandise
effectively; |
|
|
|
changes in general economic conditions, the retail sales
environment and consumer spending patterns; |
|
|
|
weather conditions, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism
and other events outside of our control; |
|
|
|
actions of our competitors or anchor tenants in the strip
shopping centers where our stores are located; |
|
|
|
the timing and effectiveness of our advertising and other
marketing campaigns; |
|
|
|
the level of pre-opening expenses associated with new stores; and |
|
|
|
the timing of new store openings and the relative proportion of
new stores to existing stores. |
We may be unable to maintain historical levels of comparable
store sales as we execute our growth strategy and expand our
business. If our comparable store sales and quarterly results
fail to meet the expectations of the market generally, the
market price of our common stock could decline substantially.
Our sales and revenues could decline as a result of general
economic and other factors outside of our control, such as
changes in consumer spending patterns and declines in employment
levels.
Downturns, or the expectation of a downturn, in general economic
conditions could adversely affect consumer spending patterns,
our sales and our results of operations. Because apparel
generally is a discretionary purchase, declines in consumer
spending patterns may have a more negative effect on apparel
retailers than some other retailers. Therefore, we may not be
able to maintain our historical rate of growth in revenues and
earnings, or remain as profitable, if there is a decline in
consumer spending patterns. In addition, since the majority of
our stores are located in the southeastern United States, our
operations are more susceptible to regional factors than the
operations of our more geographically diversified competitors.
Therefore, any adverse economic conditions that have a
disproportionate effect on the southeastern United States could
have a greater negative effect on our sales, revenues and
results of operations than on retailers with a more
geographically diversified store base.
9
Our failure to protect our trademarks could have a negative
effect on our brand image and limit our ability to penetrate new
markets.
We believe that our Citi Trends trademark is
integral to our store design and our success in building
consumer loyalty to our brand. We have registered this trademark
with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. We have also
registered, or applied for registration of, additional
trademarks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office that
we believe are important to our business. We cannot assure you
that these registrations will prevent imitation of our name,
merchandising concept, store design or private label merchandise
or the infringement of our other intellectual property rights by
others. Imitation of our name, concept, store design or
merchandise in a manner that projects lesser quality or carries
a negative connotation of our brand image could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
In addition, we cannot assure you that others will not try to
block the manufacture or sale of our private label merchandise
by claiming that our merchandise violates their trademarks or
other proprietary rights since other entities may have rights to
trademarks that contain the word Citi or may have
rights in similar or competing marks for apparel and/ or
accessories. Although we cannot currently estimate the
likelihood of success of any such lawsuit or ultimate resolution
of such a conflict, such a controversy could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal
controls in our business could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, results of operations and
stock price.
We are in the process of documenting and testing our internal
control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Section 404 requires annual management assessments of the
effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting
and a report by our independent auditors addressing these
assessments. We will be required to comply with Section 404
no later than the time we file our annual report for fiscal 2006
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the Commission.
During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies
in our internal controls, which we may be unable to correct in
time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002. If we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our
internal controls in accordance with applicable standards as
then in effect supplemented or amended from time to time, we may
be unable to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective
internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with
Section 404. Moreover, effective internal controls,
particularly those related to revenue recognition, are necessary
for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important
in our effort to prevent financial fraud. If we cannot produce
reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business,
financial condition and results of operations could be harmed,
investors could lose confidence in our reported financial
information, the market price of our stock could decline
significantly and we may be unable to obtain additional
financing to operate and expand our business.
Adverse trade restrictions may disrupt our supply of
merchandise. We also face various risks because much of our
merchandise is imported from abroad.
We purchase the products we sell directly from over 1,000
vendors, and a substantial portion of this merchandise is
manufactured outside of the United States and imported by our
vendors from countries such as China and other areas of the Far
East, including Taiwan and the Philippines. The countries in
which our merchandise currently is manufactured or may be
manufactured in the future could become subject to new trade
restrictions imposed by the United States or other foreign
governments. Trade restrictions, including increased tariffs or
quotas, embargoes, and customs restrictions, against apparel
items, as well as United States or foreign labor strikes, work
stoppages or boycotts, could increase the cost or reduce the
supply of apparel available to us and have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. In addition, our merchandise supply could be
impacted if our vendors imports become subject to existing
or future duties and quotas, or if our vendors face increased
competition from other companies for production facilities,
import quota capacity and shipping capacity.
We also face a variety of other risks generally associated with
relying on vendors that do business in foreign markets and
import merchandise from abroad, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
political instability or the threat of terrorism, in particular
in countries where our vendors source merchandise such as Taiwan
and the Philippines; |
|
|
|
|
|
enhanced security measures at United States and foreign ports,
which could delay delivery of imports; |
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
imposition of new or supplemental duties, taxes, and other
charges on imports; |
|
|
|
|
|
delayed receipt or non-delivery of goods due to the failure of
foreign-source suppliers to comply with applicable import
regulations; |
|
|
|
|
|
delayed receipt or non-delivery of goods due to organized labor
strikes or unexpected or significant port congestion at United
States ports; and |
|
|
|
|
|
local business practice and political issues, including issues
relating to compliance with domestic or international labor
standards which may result in adverse publicity. |
|
The United States may impose new initiatives that adversely
affect the trading status of countries where apparel is
manufactured. These initiatives may include retaliatory duties
or other trade sanctions that, if enacted, would increase the
cost of products imported from countries where our vendors
acquire merchandise. Any of these factors could have a material
adverse effect on our sales, revenues and result of operations.
The removal of import quotas on textiles and clothing may
adversely affect our merchandise supply, impact our sales and
reduce our cash flows.
On January 1, 2005, in accordance with the World Trade
Organization, or the WTO, Agreement on Textiles and Clothing,
the import quotas on textiles and clothing manufactured by
countries that are members of the WTO were eliminated. While the
exact impact of this quota removal is uncertain, the increased
access to foreign textile markets could result in a surge of
imported goods from countries that benefit from the removal of
the quotas which, in turn, could create logistical delays in our
ability to maintain required inventory levels. In addition, the
quota removal may alter the cost differential between vendors
that source domestically and vendors that source more
extensively from overseas. We believe this could lower the cost
of apparel products and thereby reduce our average dollar amount
of sales per customer in our stores. Further, a number of
actions have been taken or threatened by parties affected by the
removal of the quotas, including domestic producers and foreign
countries that allege they will be unfairly competitively harmed
by the removal of the quotas on goods manufactured in larger
countries. These actions may disrupt the supply chain of
products from foreign markets or make it difficult to predict
accurately the prices of merchandise to be imported from a
particular country. The outcome of these actions or other trade
disruptions may have an adverse effect on our merchandise
supply, sales and cash flows.
We depend on the experience and expertise of our senior
management team and key employees, and the loss of the services
of Mr. Anderson or Mr. Bellino could have a material
adverse effect on our business strategy, operating costs,
financial condition and results of operations.
The success of our business is dependent upon the close
supervision of all aspects of our business by our senior
management, particularly the operation of our stores, the
selection of our merchandise and the site selection for new
stores. If we lose the services of R. Edward Anderson, our
Chief Executive Officer, or George Bellino, our President and
Chief Merchandising Officer, our business could be adversely
affected.
Like most retailers, we experience significant employee turnover
rates, particularly among store sales associates and managers,
and our continued growth will require us to hire and train even
more new personnel. We therefore must continually attract, hire
and train new personnel to meet our staffing needs. We
constantly compete for qualified personnel with companies in our
industry and in other industries. A significant increase in the
turnover rate among our store sales associates and managers
would increase our recruiting and training costs and could
decrease our operating efficiency and productivity. If we are
unable to retain our key employees or attract, train, assimilate
or retain other skilled personnel in the future, we may not be
able to service our customers as effectively, thus reducing our
ability to continue our growth and to operate our existing
stores as profitably as we have in the past.
Increases in the minimum wage could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
From time to time, legislative proposals are made to increase
the minimum wage in the United States, as well as certain
individual states. Wage rates for many of our employees are at
or slightly above the minimum wage. As federal and/or state
minimum wage rates increase, we may need to increase not only
the wage rates of our minimum
11
wage employees but the wages paid to our other hourly employees
as well. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have a
material adverse effect on our operating costs, financial
condition and results of operations.
We are subject to various legal proceedings, which could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations, if the outcome of such proceedings
are adverse to us.
We are from time to time involved in various legal proceedings
incidental to the conduct of our business. Such claims may be
made by our customers, employees or former employees. We are
currently the defendant in two putative collective action
lawsuits commenced by former employees under the Fair Labor
Standards Act. The plaintiff in each of the lawsuits is
represented by the same law firm, and both suits are pending in
District Court of the United States for the Middle District of
Alabama, Northern Division. Each of the cases is in its early
stages, and we are in the process of evaluating the claims made.
Our review of the allegations is preliminary, and we plan to
defend these suits vigorously. If these legal proceedings are
adversely decided, they could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any failure of our management information systems or the
inability of third parties to continue to upgrade and maintain
the systems could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
We depend on the accuracy, reliability and proper functioning of
our management information systems, including systems used to
track our sales and facilitate inventory management. We also
rely on our management information systems for merchandise
planning, replenishment and markdowns, and other key business
functions. These functions enhance our ability to optimize sales
while limiting markdowns and reducing inventory risk through
properly marking down slow-selling styles, reordering existing
styles and effectively distributing new inventory to our stores.
We do not currently have redundant systems for all functions
performed by our management information systems. Any
interruption in these systems could impair our ability to manage
our inventory effectively, which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. To support our growth, we will need to expand our
management information systems, and our failure to link and
maintain these systems adequately could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We depend on third-party suppliers to maintain and periodically
upgrade our management information systems, including the
software programs supporting our inventory management functions.
This software is licensed to us by third-party suppliers. If any
of these suppliers is unable to continue to maintain and upgrade
these software programs and if we are unable to convert to
alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner, it could
result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Our ability to attract consumers to our stores depends on the
success of the strip shopping centers and downtown business
districts where our stores are located.
We locate our stores in strip shopping centers, street front
locations and downtown business districts where we believe our
consumers and potential consumers shop. The success of an
individual store can depend on favorable placement within a
given strip shopping center or business district. We cannot
control the development of alternative shopping destinations
near our existing stores or the availability or cost of real
estate within existing or new shopping destinations. If our
store locations fail to attract sufficient consumer traffic or
we are unable to locate replacement locations on terms
acceptable to us, our business, results of operations, and
financial condition could suffer. If one or more of the anchor
tenants located in the strip shopping centers or business
districts where our stores are located close or leave, or if
there is significant deterioration of the surrounding areas in
which our stores are located, our business, results of
operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
Risks Relating to this Offering of Common Stock
Our stock price may be volatile, and you may lose all or a
part of your investment.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock, and an active market for our shares may not
develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public
offering price for our common stock will be determined by
negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be
representative of the price that will
12
prevail in the open market. The market price of our common stock
may be subject to significant fluctuations after our initial
public offering. It is possible that in some future periods, our
results of operations may be below the expectations of investors
and any securities analysts that choose to follow our common
stock. If our results of operations fall below expectations of
securities analysts or investors, the market price of our common
stock could fluctuate or decline substantially. Factors that
could affect our stock price include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results; |
|
|
|
changes in securities analysts recommendations or
estimates of our financial performance; |
|
|
|
publication of research reports by analysts; |
|
|
|
changes in market valuations of companies similar to ours; |
|
|
|
announcements by us, our competitors or other retailers; |
|
|
|
the trading volume of our common stock in the public market; |
|
|
|
changes in economic conditions; |
|
|
|
financial market conditions; and |
|
|
|
the realization of some or all of the risks described in this
section entitled Risk Factors. |
In addition, the stock markets have experienced significant
price and trading volume fluctuations from time to time, and the
market prices of the equity securities of retailers have been
extremely volatile and have recently experienced sharp price and
trading volume changes. These broad market fluctuations may
adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
As a new investor, you will incur substantial dilution as a
result of this offering.
The initial public offering price will be substantially higher
than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our
outstanding common stock. As a result, investors purchasing
common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of
$ per
share in pro forma net tangible book value. See the information
in the section entitled Dilution. This dilution is
due primarily to earlier investors in our company having paid
substantially less than the initial public offering price when
they purchased their shares and to the deduction of the
$ in
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us.
There may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock
after this offering, which could cause our stock price to
fall.
Our current stockholders hold a substantial number of shares
that they will be able to sell in the public market in the near
future. Upon the consummation of this offering, shares of our
common stock will be outstanding. As
of ,
2005, additional shares of our common stock were subject to
outstanding stock options. All of the shares sold in this
offering will be freely tradable, except for any shares acquired
by holders who are subject to market stand-off provisions or
lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this
offering, or by any of our affiliates, as that term
is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, which generally includes officers,
directors and 10% or greater stockholders. Sales of a
significant portion of the shares of our common stock
outstanding after this offering will continue to be restricted
as a result of securities laws or contractual arrangements,
including lock-up agreements entered into between our directors
and officers and the representatives of the underwriters in this
offering. These lock-up agreements restrict holders
ability to transfer their stock for 180 days after the date
of this prospectus. Of the outstanding restricted shares, will
be available for sale in the public market beginning
90 days after the consummation of this offering, and will
be available for sale in the public market 180 days after
the date of this prospectus. The managing underwriter may,
however, waive the lock-up period at any time for any
stockholder who is party to a lockup agreement. In addition,
following consummation of this offering, Hampshire Equity
Partners will have certain registration rights related to shares
of our common stock held by it. Sales of a substantial number of
shares of our common stock after this offering, or after the
expiration of applicable lock-up periods, could cause our stock
price to fall and/or impair our ability to raise capital through
the sale of additional stock.
13
After this offering, a significant amount of our common stock
will be concentrated in the hands of one of our existing
stockholders whose interests may not coincide with yours.
Upon the completion of this offering, Hampshire Equity Partners
will own approximately % of our
common stock, or approximately %
if the over-allotment option is exercised in full. As a result,
Hampshire Equity Partners will continue to have an ability to
exercise control over matters requiring stockholder approval.
These matters include the election of directors and the approval
of significant corporate transactions, including potential
mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of
our assets. Immediately following the consummation of this
offering, Hampshire Equity Partners will have one
representative, our current Chairman of the Board, on our five
member board of directors. In connection with this offering, we
will enter into a nominating agreement with Hampshire Equity
Partners pursuant to which we, acting through our nominating and
corporate governance committee, will agree, subject to the
requirements of our directors fiduciary duties, that
(i) Hampshire Equity Partners will be entitled to designate
two directors to be nominated for election to our board of
directors as long as Hampshire Equity Partners owns in the
aggregate at least 40% of the shares of our common stock which
it owned immediately prior to the consummation of this offering
or (ii) Hampshire Equity Partners will be entitled to
designate one director to be nominated for election to our board
of directors as long as Hampshire Equity Partners owns in the
aggregate less than 40% and at least 15% of the shares of our
common stock which it owned immediately prior to the
consummation of this offering. If at any time Hampshire Equity
Partners owns less than 15% of the shares of our common stock
which it owned immediately prior to the consummation of this
offering, it will not have the right to nominate any directors
for election to our board of directors. Your interests as a
holder of the common stock may differ from the interests of
Hampshire Equity Partners.
We will have broad discretion in how we use the proceeds of
this offering, and we may not use these proceeds effectively.
We will have considerable discretion in how we use the net
proceeds from this offering. We currently intend to use the net
proceeds to redeem all of our Series A Preferred Stock and
to pay all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, to repay all
indebtedness under the mortgage on our Fahm Street facility and
under our existing revolving lines of credit, for new store
openings, for the acquisition or design and construction of a
new distribution center and for general corporate purposes. See
the information in the section entitled Use of
Proceeds. We have not yet finalized the amount of net
proceeds that we will use specifically for each of these
purposes, other than the redemption of our Series A
Preferred Stock. While we intend to use the net proceeds of the
offering as described in the Use of Proceeds section
of this prospectus, we will have broad discretion to adjust the
application and allocation of the net proceeds in order to
address changed circumstances and opportunities. We may use the
net proceeds for corporate purposes that do not improve our
operating results or yield a significant return for our
stockholders.
Securities analysts may not initiate coverage of our common
stock, or, if they do, they may issue negative reports that
adversely affect the price of our common stock.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on
the research and reports that industry or financial analysts
publish about us or our industry. In the event that our common
stock receives research coverage, public statements by these
securities analysts may affect our stock price. If any of the
analysts who cover our company downgrades the rating of our
common stock, our common stock price would likely decline. If
any of these analysts ceases coverage of our company, we could
lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our
common stock price to decline. Further, if no analysts choose to
cover our company, the lack of research coverage may depress the
market price of our common stock.
In addition, recently-adopted rules mandated by the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and a global settlement with the
Commission have caused a number of fundamental changes in how
securities analysts are reviewed and compensated. In particular,
many investment banking firms are now required to contract with
independent financial analysts for their stock research. In this
environment, it may be difficult for companies with smaller
market capitalizations, such as our company, to attract
independent financial analysts to cover them, which could have a
negative effect on the market price of our common stock.
14
We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common
stock.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common
stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable
future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if
any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to
receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable
future.
Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws
and Delaware law may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third
party.
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated by-laws contain several provisions that may
make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of
us without the approval of our board of directors. These
provisions include, among other things, a classified board of
directors, advance notice for raising business or making
nominations at stockholder meetings and blank check
preferred stock. Blank check preferred stock enables our board
of directors, without stockholder approval, to designate and
issue additional series of preferred stock with such dividend,
liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights, including
convertible securities with no limitations on conversion, as our
board of directors may determine, including rights to dividends
and proceeds in a liquidation that are senior to the common
stock.
We are also subject to several provisions of the Delaware
General Corporation Law that could delay, prevent or deter a
merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest or other
transaction that might otherwise result in our stockholders
receiving a premium over the market price for their common stock
or may otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.
You should refer to the section entitled Description of
Capital Stock for more information.
15
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
We have made forward-looking statements in this prospectus,
including in the sections entitled Prospectus
Summary, Risk Factors, Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operation and Business. All statements other
than historical facts contained in this prospectus, including
statements regarding our future financial position, business
policy and plans and objectives of management for future
operations, are forward-looking statements. The words
believe, may, could,
estimate, continue,
anticipate, intend, expect
and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to
identify forward-looking statements. For example, our statements
to the effect that we intend to open a specified number of new
stores, that we intend to increase comparable store sales, and
that we intend to achieve a specified return on invested capital
constitute forward-looking statements. We have based these
forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations
and projections about future events, including, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
implementation of our growth strategy; |
|
|
|
our ability to anticipate and respond to fashion trends; |
|
|
|
competition in our markets; |
|
|
|
consumer spending patterns; |
|
|
|
actions of our competitors or anchor tenants in the strip
shopping centers where our stores are located; |
|
|
|
anticipated fluctuations in our operating results; and |
|
|
|
economic conditions in general. |
These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of
risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the section
entitled Risk Factors and elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to
risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or
quantified, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements
as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances
reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved
or occur and actual results could differ materially from those
projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as required
by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United
States and the rules and regulations of the Commission, we do
not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements contained herein after we distribute this prospectus,
whether as a result of any new information, future events or
otherwise.
16
Use of Proceeds
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering
of approximately
$ million,
at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per
share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If
the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full,
we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of
approximately
$ million.
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares
of common stock offered by the selling stockholders.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $3.5 million to redeem all of our outstanding
Series A Preferred Stock and to pay all accrued and unpaid
dividends thereon; |
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $1.6 million to repay all outstanding
indebtedness under the loan from National Bank of Commerce to
us, which is secured by our Savannah, Georgia headquarters,
bears interest at a fixed rate of 6.80% and matures on
July 12, 2007; |
|
|
|
|
|
to repay all outstanding indebtedness under our
$3.0 million revolving line of credit with Bank of America
that, as of January 29, 2005, bears interest at a rate of
4.56% per annum; |
|
|
|
|
|
to repay all outstanding indebtedness under our
$25.0 million revolving line of credit with Congress
Financial that, as of January 29, 2005, bears interest at a
rate of 5.25% per annum; and |
|
|
|
|
|
any remaining net proceeds for new store openings, the
acquisition or design and construction of a new distribution
center in fiscal 2006 and general corporate purposes. |
|
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock
and do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock in
the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any future
earnings to finance the expansion of our business and for
general corporate purposes. Our board of directors has the
authority to declare and pay dividends on our common stock, in
its discretion, so long as there are funds legally available to
do so.
17
Capitalization
The table below sets forth the following information as of
January 29, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis; and |
|
|
|
as adjusted to give effect to (a) the sale by us of shares of
common stock in this offering, (b) the receipt and application
of net proceeds of $ million,
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the repayment
of indebtedness described under the section entitled Use
of Proceeds and (c) the filing of our second amended and
restated certificate of incorporation upon consummation of this
offering. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of January 29, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
Actual |
|
As Adjusted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and per |
|
|
share amounts) |
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
11,801 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including current portion)
|
|
$ |
1,605 |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
Capital lease obligations (including current portion)
|
|
$ |
1,407 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Preferred shares subject to mandatory redemption:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A preferred stock, $.01 par value per share,
3,500 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;
none authorized, issued or outstanding, as
adjusted(1) |
|
|
3,985 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value per
share, shares
authorized, issued
and outstanding,
actual; issued
or outstanding, as adjusted
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.01 par value per share, none authorized,
issued or outstanding,
actual; authorized, none issued or
outstanding, as adjusted
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
4,121 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subscription receivable
|
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
19,829 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock
|
|
|
(165 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
23,765 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$ |
30,762 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Our Series A Preferred Stock, which will be redeemed using
a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, was
reclassified as debt as of the second quarter of fiscal 2003, in
accordance with SFAS No. 150. |
18
Dilution
Our net tangible book value as of January 29, 2005 was
$ million, or
$ per
share of common stock. Net tangible book value is
our total assets minus the sum of our liabilities and intangible
assets. Net tangible book value per share of common
stock is our net tangible book value divided by the total
number of our shares of common stock outstanding.
After giving effect to adjustments related to this offering, our
pro forma net tangible book value on January 29, 2005 would
have been
$ million,
or
$ per
share of common stock. Adjustments to net tangible book value to
arrive at pro forma net tangible book value per share include:
|
|
|
|
|
an increase in our total assets to reflect the net proceeds from
this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per
share); and |
|
|
|
the issuance of an
additional shares
of common stock in this offering. |
The following table illustrates the pro forma increase in our
net tangible book value of
$ per
share of common stock and the dilution of
$ per
share of common stock (the difference between the offering price
per share and the net tangible book value per share after giving
effect to this offering) to new investors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as
of January 29, 2005
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Increase in net tangible book value per share of common stock
attributable to this offering
|
|
$ |
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as
of January 29, 2005 after giving effect to adjustments
related to this offering
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share of common stock to new investors in this
offering
|
|
$ |
|
(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Assuming exercise of all exercisable options to purchase common
stock outstanding as
of ,
2005, the dilution per share of common stock to new investors in
this offering would be
$ . |
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of
January 29, 2005, the differences between the existing
stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of
shares of common stock sold by us, the total consideration paid
to us and the average price paid per share. The table assumes
that the initial public offering price will be
$ per
share of common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share Purchased |
|
Total Consideration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Price |
|
|
Number |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Per Share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing
stockholders(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Does not give effect to sales of shares by the selling
stockholders in this offering. |
19
Selected Financial and Operating Data
The following table provides selected financial and operating
data for each of the fiscal years in the five-year period ended
January 29, 2005, including: (a) our statement of
operations data for each such period, (b) additional
operating data for each such period and (c) our balance
sheet data as of the end of each such period. The statement of
operations data for fiscal 2002, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004,
and the balance sheet data as of January 31, 2004 and
January 29, 2005 are derived from financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus that have been audited by
KPMG LLP, independent registered public accountants. The
statement of operations data for fiscal 2000 and fiscal 2001 and
the balance sheet data as of January 29, 2000,
February 3, 2001, February 2, 2002 and
February 1, 2003 are derived from our audited financial
statements that are not included in this prospectus. The
selected financial and operating data set forth below should be
read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by
reference to, the section of this prospectus entitled
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of
results to be expected for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
February 2, |
|
February 1, |
|
January 31, |
|
January 29, |
|
|
2001 |
|
2002 |
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
80,939 |
|
|
$ |
97,933 |
|
|
$ |
124,951 |
|
|
$ |
157,198 |
|
|
$ |
203,442 |
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
51,762 |
|
|
|
62,050 |
|
|
|
77,807 |
|
|
|
98,145 |
|
|
|
127,308 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
29,177 |
|
|
|
35,883 |
|
|
|
47,144 |
|
|
|
59,053 |
|
|
|
76,134 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
26,834 |
|
|
|
31,405 |
|
|
|
38,760 |
|
|
|
48,845 |
|
|
|
63,594 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
2,343 |
|
|
|
4,478 |
|
|
|
8,385 |
|
|
|
10,208 |
|
|
|
12,540 |
|
|
Interest
expense(2)
|
|
|
787 |
|
|
|
455 |
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
563 |
|
|
|
732 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
1,556 |
|
|
|
4,023 |
|
|
|
8,129 |
|
|
|
9,645 |
|
|
|
11,808 |
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
358 |
|
|
|
1,566 |
|
|
|
3,101 |
|
|
|
3,727 |
|
|
|
4,551 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
1,198 |
|
|
$ |
2,457 |
|
|
$ |
5,028 |
|
|
$ |
5,918 |
|
|
$ |
7,257 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used to compute net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of stores:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opened during period
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
Closed during period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
Open at end of period
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
Selling square footage at end of period
|
|
|
786,534 |
|
|
|
891,843 |
|
|
|
1,043,713 |
|
|
|
1,290,039 |
|
|
|
1,715,943 |
|
|
Comparable store sales
increase(3)
|
|
|
17.6% |
|
|
|
6.5% |
|
|
|
14.6% |
|
|
|
5.5% |
|
|
|
3.0% |
|
|
Average sales per
store(4)
|
|
$ |
782 |
|
|
$ |
818 |
|
|
$ |
961 |
|
|
$ |
1,055 |
|
|
$ |
1,127 |
|
(footnotes on following page)
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
February 3, |
|
February 2, |
|
February 1, |
|
January 31, |
|
January 29, |
|
|
2001 |
|
2002 |
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
1,496 |
|
|
$ |
4,098 |
|
|
$ |
5,825 |
|
|
$ |
9,954 |
|
|
|
11,801 |
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
25,023 |
|
|
|
29,733 |
|
|
|
36,127 |
|
|
|
49,213 |
|
|
|
70,790 |
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
17,404 |
|
|
|
19,489 |
|
|
|
20,693 |
|
|
|
32,709 |
|
|
|
47,025 |
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
3,471 |
|
|
|
5,736 |
|
|
|
10,598 |
|
|
|
16,504 |
|
|
|
23,765 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31
of each year. Fiscal years 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 comprise
52 weeks. Fiscal year 2000 comprises 53 weeks. |
|
|
|
(2) |
Our Series A Preferred Stock, which will be redeemed using
a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, was
reclassified as debt as of the second quarter of fiscal 2003, in
accordance with SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain
Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities
and Equity. The amount of dividends treated as interest
expense in fiscal 2004 was $324,450, fiscal 2003 was $189,000
and none in fiscal 2002. |
|
|
|
(3) |
Stores included in the comparable store sales calculation for
any period are those stores that were opened prior to the
beginning of the preceding fiscal year and were still open at
the end of such period. Relocated stores and expanded stores are
included in the comparable store sales results. |
|
|
|
(4) |
Average sales per store is defined as net sales divided by the
average of stores open at the end of the prior period and stores
open at the end of the current period. |
|
21
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our
financial condition and results of operations in conjunction
with the section entitled Selected Financial and Operating
Data and our financial statements and related notes
included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion may
contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set
forth under the sections entitled Risk Factors and
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ
materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking
statements.
Overview
We are a rapidly growing, value-priced retailer of urban fashion
apparel and accessories for the entire family. Our merchandise
offerings are designed to appeal to the preferences of fashion
conscious consumers, particularly African-Americans. Originally
our stores were located in the Southeast, and we have recently
expanded into the Mid-Atlantic region and Texas. We currently
operate 208 stores in both urban and rural markets in
12 states.
Our predecessor was founded in 1946 and grew to become a chain
of family apparel stores operating in the Southeast under the
Allied Department Stores name. In 1999, our chain of stores was
acquired by Hampshire Equity Partners, a private equity firm.
Since the acquisition, our management team has implemented a
focused merchandising and operating model to differentiate our
stores and serve our core customers more effectively.
Specifically, we concentrated the merchandise offerings on more
urban fashion apparel for the entire family and increased the
offering of nationally recognized brands. We also accelerated a
remodeling campaign to upgrade the acquired store base and
create a more appealing shopping environment in our stores. By
the end of fiscal 2003, virtually all of the acquired stores had
been remodeled and, in some cases, expanded. These initiatives
resulted in gains in comparable store sales. More recently, the
pace of our comparable store sales gains has moderated as the
revamping of our existing store base has been substantially
completed. We expect that the impact of our remodel, relocate
and expansion initiatives will be far less significant in the
future and that the primary causes of any increased comparable
store sales will result from merchandising enhancements or the
expansion of certain product categories, such as home decor and
intimate apparel.
We have implemented an aggressive store growth strategy and
believe that the addition of new stores will be the primary
source of future growth. In fiscal 2003 and 2004, we opened 25
and 40 stores, respectively. During this period, we entered
Houston, Norfolk and, most recently, the Baltimore and
Washington, D.C. markets, where we opened a total of 15 new
stores. In each of fiscal 2005 and 2006, we intend to open 40
new stores, approximately 70% of which are expected to be
located in states that we currently serve.
Our new store expansion is fueled by store economics that we
believe to be very attractive. From an investment perspective,
we seek to design stores that are inviting and easy to shop,
while limiting start up and fixturing costs. We also have
relatively low store operating costs. Our real estate approach
is focused on strip shopping center sites within low to moderate
income neighborhoods, and we generally utilize previously
occupied store sites rather than newly constructed sites. As a
result, we are usually able to secure sites with substantial
customer traffic at attractive lease terms. Our ongoing
advertising expenses are also low, with a significant amount of
advertising focused on new store openings.
Our stores generate rapid payback of investment. The average
investment for the 41 stores opened in fiscal 2002 and
fiscal 2003, including leasehold improvements, equipment,
fixturing, cost of inventory to stock the store (net of accounts
payables), and pre-opening store expenses, was approximately
$240,000. These 41 stores generated average sales of
$1.2 million and average store operating profit (defined as
store operating revenues less cost of sales and store operating
expenses) of approximately $190,000 during their first
12 months of operation. Our average investment for the
40 stores opened in fiscal 2004 was approximately $280,000.
This investment represents an increase over prior years as the
size of our stores has increased and we have assumed a larger
portion of the costs associated with leasehold improvements in
our stores, which we expect to recover over time. We expect that
the stores opened in fiscal 2004 will achieve similar levels of
return on investment.
We measure our performance using key operating statistics. One
of our main performance measures is comparable store sales
growth. We define a comparable store as a store that has been
open for an entire fiscal year. Therefore,
22
a store will not be considered a comparable store until its
13th
month of operation at the earliest or its
24th
month at the latest. As an example, all stores opened in fiscal
2002 and fiscal 2003 were not considered comparable stores in
fiscal 2003. Relocated and expanded stores are included in the
comparable store sales results. We also use other operating
statistics, most notably average sales per store. As we
typically occupy existing footprints in established shopping
centers rather than sites built specifically for our stores, our
store square footage (and therefore sales per square foot) vary
by store. We focus on the overall store sales volume as the
critical driver of profitability. Our average sales per store
has increased as we have driven comparable store sales and
opened new stores which are generally larger than our existing
stores. Our average sales per store have increased from
$0.7 million in fiscal 2000 to $1.1 million in fiscal
2004. Beyond sales, we measure gross margin percentage and store
operating expenses, with a particular focus on labor as a
percentage of sales. These results translate into store level
contribution, which we use to evaluate overall performance of
each individual store. Finally, we monitor corporate expenses in
absolute amounts.
The new distribution center we opened in November 2004 increased
our receiving and shipping capabilities in order to support the
growth of our store base. The new center is located in the
greater Savannah area and increases our total distribution space
by approximately 60,000 square feet and our office space by
approximately 10,000 square feet. We are leasing the center
through September 2006 with options to renew for up to four
additional years. We currently intend to acquire, lease or
design and construct a new distribution center in fiscal 2006.
We have hired a third party to conduct a site and feasibility
study regarding the necessary size and location of the new
distribution center. We expect to receive the results of the
study in the near future, and we expect that after receipt of
the report, we will determine whether to construct, acquire or
lease a new distribution center and will select a suitable
location.
Our cash requirements are primarily for working capital,
construction of new stores, remodeling of existing stores and
improvements to our information systems. Historically we have
met these cash requirements from cash flow from operations,
short-term trade credit and borrowings under our revolving lines
of credit, long-term debt and capital leases.
We may be affected by the phase out of quotas on textiles and
clothing under the WTO Agreement on Textiles and Clothing as
implemented on January 1, 1995. Under this agreement, the
import quotas on textiles and clothing manufactured by countries
that are members of the WTO were eliminated. While the impact of
the quota removal is uncertain, the increased access to foreign
textile markets could create logistical delays arising from a
surge of imported goods from countries that benefit from the
removal of the quotas. In addition, the quota removal may alter
the cost differential between vendors that source primarily
domestically and vendors that source more extensively from
overseas. We believe this could significantly reduce the cost of
apparel products and thereby reduce the average dollar amount of
sales per customer spent in our stores. Various actions have
been taken or threatened by parties affected by the removal of
the quotas, including the filing of a petition on behalf of the
U.S. textile and apparel industry with the
U.S. government at the end of 2004 based upon the
threat then posed by the removal of the quotas in
January 2005. On April 4, 2005, the
U.S. Department of Commerce initiated safeguard proceedings
with respect to three products (cotton knit shirts and blouses,
cotton trousers and cotton and man-made fiber underwear) to
evaluate the effect of removal of the quotas and the necessity
of any remedial action. Although no remedial action has yet been
taken, we cannot accurately assess ultimate outcome of these
actions at this time.
We are documenting and testing our internal control procedures
in order to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 requires annual
management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal
controls over financial reporting and a report by our
independent auditors addressing these assessments. We must
comply with Section 404 no later than the time we file our
annual report for fiscal 2006 with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. During this time period specific internal controls
may be identified as being deficient. We anticipate retaining
additional personnel to assist us in complying with our
Section 404 obligations. We are currently evaluating
whether such personnel will be retained as consultants or as our
employees. We plan to remediate any identified deficiencies and
comply with our Section 404 obligations before the deadline.
23
Basis of the Presentation
Net sales consist of store sales, net of returns by customers,
and layaway fees. Cost of sales consists of the cost of products
we sell and associated freight costs. Selling, general and
administrative expense is comprised of store costs, including
salaries and store occupancy costs, handling costs, corporate
and distribution center costs and advertising costs. We operate
on a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday
closest to January 31. Each of our fiscal quarters consists
of four 13-week periods, with an extra week added on to the
fourth quarter every five to six years. Our last three
fiscal years ended on February 1, 2003, January 31,
2004 and January 29, 2005 and each included 52 weeks.
Results of Operations
Net Sales and Additional Operating Data. The following
table sets forth, for the periods indicated, selected statement
of income data expressed both in dollars and as a percent of net
sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
February 1, |
|
January 31, |
|
January 29, |
|
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
Statements of Income Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
124,951 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
157,198 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
203,442 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales
|
|
|
77,807 |
|
|
|
62.3 |
|
|
|
98,145 |
|
|
|
62.4 |
|
|
|
127,308 |
|
|
|
62.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
47,144 |
|
|
|
37.7 |
|
|
|
59,053 |
|
|
|
37.6 |
|
|
|
76,134 |
|
|
|
37.4 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
38,760 |
|
|
|
31.0 |
|
|
|
48,845 |
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
|
63,594 |
|
|
|
31.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
8,385 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
|
10,208 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
12,540 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
563 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
732 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
8,129 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
9,645 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
|
11,808 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
3,101 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
3,727 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
4,551 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
5,028 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
% |
|
$ |
5,918 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
% |
|
|
7,257 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides information, for the periods
indicated, about the number of total stores open at the
beginning of the period, stores opened and closed during each
period and the total stores open at the end of each period and
comparable store sales for the periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
February 1, |
|
January 31, |
|
January 29, |
|
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stores open, beginning of period
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
New stores
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
Closed stores
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stores open, end of period
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparable store sales increase
|
|
|
14.6 |
% |
|
|
5.5 |
% |
|
|
3.0 |
% |
Fiscal 2004 Compared to Fiscal 2003
Net Sales. Net sales increased $46.2 million, or
29.4%, to $203.4 million for fiscal 2004 from
$157.2 million for fiscal 2003. The increase resulted
primarily from net sales of $63.2 million in fiscal 2004
from stores opened during fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 as
compared to net sales of $20.9 million in fiscal 2003 from
stores opened in fiscal 2003. In addition, the increase was due
to a comparable store sales increase of $4.0 million, or
3.0%. The increase in comparable store sales resulted, in part,
from an increase in the number of customer transactions and
average items per sale, partially offset by a decrease in the
average price of an item sold. Remodeled and relocated stores
accounted for less of the growth of comparable store sales in
fiscal 2004 (only about 0.3% of the 3% growth) due to fewer
stores being relocated and remodeled during the year. We expect
comparable store sales to grow by low single-digit increases
during fiscal 2005.
24
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $17.1 million,
or 28.9%, to $76.1 million for fiscal 2004 from
$59.1 million for fiscal 2003. The increase resulted
primarily from the operation of new stores opened in fiscal 2004
and the full period impact of new stores opened during fiscal
2003, partially offset by a decrease in gross profit margin.
Gross profit as a percentage of sales was 37.4% for fiscal 2004
compared to 37.6% for fiscal 2003. Gross margins decreased as a
result of higher inbound and outbound freight costs primarily
due to fuel surcharges.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling,
general and administrative expenses increased
$14.7 million, or 30.2%, to $63.6 million for fiscal
2004 from $48.8 million for fiscal 2003. This increase was
caused primarily by store level, distribution and corporate
costs associated with the growing store base and the full period
impact of new stores opened in fiscal 2003. As a percentage of
net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses
increased to 31.3% for fiscal 2004 from 31.1% for fiscal 2003.
The increase was partially driven by approximately $360,000 of
additional vacation pay accrual pursuant to a change in the
Companys vacation policy.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $169,000 for
fiscal 2004 to $732,000 compared to $563,000 for fiscal 2003.
The increase was primarily the result of the adoption of
SFAS No. 150, which increased interest expense by the
inclusion of dividends on mandatory redeemable obligations that
were previously deducted from equity as dividends, and increased
borrowings related to the cost of new stores during the period,
inclusive of inventory. We adopted SFAS No. 150 on
July 6, 2003 and dividends treated as interest expense in
fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 were approximately $324,000 and
approximately $189,000, respectively.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense increased
approximately $824,000 for fiscal 2004 to $4.6 million
compared to $3.7 million for fiscal 2003. Our effective tax
rate was 38.5% and 38.6% for fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003,
respectively.
Net Income. Net income increased to $7.3 million for
fiscal 2004 from $5.9 million as a result of the factors
discussed above.
Fiscal 2003 Compared to Fiscal 2002
Net Sales. Net sales increased $32.2 million, or
25.8%, to $157.2 million for fiscal 2003 from
$125.0 million for fiscal 2002. The increase resulted
primarily from net sales of $38.6 million in fiscal 2003
from stores opened during fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002 as
compared to net sales of $10.8 million in fiscal 2002 from
stores opened in fiscal 2002. In addition, the increase was due
to a comparable store sales increase of $6.1 million, or
5.5%. The increase in comparable store sales resulted, in part,
from an increase in the number of customer transactions and
average items per sale, partially offset by a decrease in
average price of an item sold. In addition, in fiscal 2002, we
took over shoe operations in our stores from a third party
licensee that had previously managed the shoe merchandise and
paid us a commission on sales. As a result of this purchase, we
recognized shoe sales as part of net sales (amounting to
$3.8 million in fiscal 2003) instead of recognizing only
the commissions as an increase to operating income. The increase
in comparable store sales in fiscal 2003 benefited from the full
year impact of this change. The increase was also caused by the
impact of increased sales from stores that were relocated and
remodeled during the two-year period, with such stores
accounting for approximately one-third of the 5.5% comparable
store sales increase.
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $11.9 million,
or 25.3%, to $59.1 million for fiscal 2003 from
$47.1 million for fiscal 2002. The increase resulted
primarily from the operation of 25 new stores opened in fiscal
2003 and the full year impact of 16 new stores opened during
fiscal 2002. Gross margin was 37.6% for fiscal 2003 compared to
37.7% for fiscal 2002. The decrease resulted from higher freight
costs.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling,
general and administrative expenses increased
$10.1 million, or 26.0%, to $48.8 million for fiscal
2003 from $38.8 million for fiscal 2002. As a percentage of
net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses
increased to 31.1% for fiscal 2003 from 31.0% for fiscal 2002.
The dollar increase was caused primarily by increases in store
level expenses, distribution costs and corporate costs
associated with the growing store base and full period impact of
new stores opened during fiscal 2002.
25
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased
approximately $307,000 for fiscal 2003 to approximately
$563,000, compared to approximately $256,000 for fiscal 2002.
The increase was primarily the result of our adoption of SFAS
No. 150, which increased interest expense by the inclusion
of dividends on mandatory redeemable obligations that were
previously deducted from equity as dividends, increased
borrowings related to the costs of opening new stores during the
year, and the full year impact of the purchase of, and mortgage
on, the office and distribution facility in Savannah, Georgia.
The amount of dividends treated as interest expense in fiscal
2003 was approximately $189,000 and none in fiscal 2002.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense increased
approximately $626,000 for fiscal 2003 to $3.7 million
compared to $3.1 million for fiscal 2002. Our effective tax
rate was 38.6% and 38.1% for fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002,
respectively. The rate increased in fiscal 2003 due to
reclassifying nondeductible preferred stock dividends as
interest expense with the adoption of SFAS No. 150 in July
2003.
Net Income. Net income increased to $5.9 million for
fiscal 2003 from $5.0 million in fiscal 2002 as a result of
the factors discussed above.
Fiscal 2002 Compared to Fiscal 2001
Net Sales. Net sales increased $27.1 million, or
27.6%, to $125.0 million for fiscal 2002 from
$97.9 million for fiscal 2001. The increase resulted
primarily from net sales of $24.8 million during fiscal
2002 from stores opened during fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2001 as
compared to net sales of $9.1 million from stores opened in
fiscal 2001. In addition, the increase was due to a comparable
store sales increase of $13.0 million, or 14.6%. The
increase in comparable store sales was caused in part by an
increase in the number of customer transactions and average
items per sale and to a lesser extent the relocating and
remodeling of a number of stores.
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $11.3 million,
or 31.4%, to $47.1 million for fiscal 2002 from
$35.9 million for fiscal 2001. The increase resulted
primarily from the operation of 16 new stores opened in fiscal
2002 and the full year impact of 12 new stores opened during
fiscal 2001. Gross margin was 37.7% for fiscal 2002 compared to
36.6% for fiscal 2001. The increase resulted from lower
markdowns and inventory shrinkage.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling,
general and administrative expenses increased $7.4 million,
or 23.4%, to $38.8 million for fiscal 2002 from
$31.4 million for fiscal 2001. As a percentage of net
sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to
31.0% for fiscal 2002 from 32.1% for fiscal 2001. This decrease
as a percentage of sales was caused primarily by benefits
realized from higher comparable stores sales which provided
greater operating efficiencies at store level.
Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased
approximately $199,000 for fiscal 2002 to approximately
$256,000, compared to approximately $455,000 for fiscal 2001.
The decrease was primarily the result of improved results from
operations and cash flow resulting in significantly lower
monthly average line of credit balances.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense increased
$1.5 million for fiscal 2002 to $3.1 million, compared
to $1.6 million for fiscal 2001, as a result of improved
profitability. Our effective tax rate was 38.1% and 38.9% for
fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2001, respectively. The rate decreased in
fiscal 2002 due to larger state and local tax credits.
Net Income. Net income increased to $5.0 million in
fiscal 2002 from $2.5 million in fiscal 2001 as a result of
the factors discussed above.
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly results
of operations for fiscal 2003 and 2004. Each quarterly period
presented below consists of 13 weeks, and the information
includes our statement of operations data for each such period
and additional operating data for each such period. In the
opinion of management, these unaudited interim financial data
have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial
statements and reflect all adjustments (consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments) and fairly present the financial
information disclosed for these periods. The interim financial
data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are
qualified in their entirety by reference to, the audited
financial statements and related notes included
26
elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations for
historical periods are not necessarily indicative of results for
any future period.
Due to the importance of the spring selling season, which
includes Easter, and the fall selling season, which includes
Christmas, the first and fourth fiscal quarters have
historically contributed, and we expect they will continue to
contribute, disproportionately to our profitability for our
entire fiscal year. As a result, any factors negatively
affecting us in any year during the first and fourth fiscal
quarters, including adverse weather and unfavorable economic
conditions, could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations for the entire
year.
Our quarterly results of operations also may fluctuate based
upon such factors as the timing of holiday seasons, the number
and timing of new store openings, the amount of store preopening
expenses, the amount of net sales contributed by new and
existing stores, the mix of products sold, the timing and level
of markdowns, store closings, remodels and relocations,
competitive factors, weather and general economic conditions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
May 3, |
|
Aug. 2, |
|
Nov. 1, |
|
Jan. 31, |
|
May 1, |
|
July 31, |
|
Oct. 30, |
|
Jan. 29, |
|
|
2003 |
|
2003 |
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
2004 |
|
2004 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
37,575 |
|
|
$ |
34,209 |
|
|
$ |
36,168 |
|
|
$ |
49,246 |
|
|
$ |
48,069 |
|
|
$ |
43,011 |
|
|
$ |
46,049 |
|
|
$ |
66,313 |
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
22,023 |
|
|
|
22,452 |
|
|
|
22,991 |
|
|
|
30,679 |
|
|
|
29,034 |
|
|
|
28,095 |
|
|
|
29,159 |
|
|
|
41,020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
15,552 |
|
|
|
11,757 |
|
|
|
13,177 |
|
|
|
18,567 |
|
|
|
19,035 |
|
|
|
14,916 |
|
|
|
16,890 |
|
|
|
25,293 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
11,719 |
|
|
|
11,655 |
|
|
|
12,558 |
|
|
|
12,913 |
|
|
|
15,221 |
|
|
|
14,806 |
|
|
|
16,413 |
|
|
|
17,154 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
3,833 |
|
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
619 |
|
|
|
5,654 |
|
|
|
3,814 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
477 |
|
|
|
8,139 |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
3,776 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
459 |
|
|
|
5,406 |
|
|
|
3,641 |
|
|
|
(66 |
) |
|
|
269 |
|
|
|
7,964 |
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
1,459 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
2,090 |
|
|
|
1,402 |
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
3,070 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
2,317 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
282 |
|
|
$ |
3,317 |
|
|
$ |
2,239 |
|
|
$ |
(41 |
) |
|
$ |
165 |
|
|
$ |
4,894 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Stores:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Open, beginning of quarter
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
Opened during quarter
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
Closed during quarter
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total open at end of period
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
Comparable store sales increase
|
|
|
3.2% |
|
|
|
3.2% |
|
|
|
6.9% |
|
|
|
8.9% |
|
|
|
3.5% |
|
|
|
0.3% |
|
|
|
3.0% |
|
|
|
4.6% |
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our cash requirements are primarily for working capital,
construction of new stores, remodeling of existing stores and
the improvement of our information systems. Historically, these
cash requirements have been met from cash flow from operations,
short-term trade credit and borrowings under our revolving lines
of credit, long-term debt and capital leases.
Discussion of Cash Flows
For fiscal 2004, cash and cash equivalents increased by
$1.8 million to $11.8 million from $10.0 million
at the end of fiscal 2003. The primary contributor to the
increase in cash and cash equivalents was $12.7 million
provided by operating activities, partially offset by
$8.6 million used in investing activities, primarily to
open new stores and $2.2 million used in financing
activities, primarily to make dividend payments to holders of
mandatory redeemable stock and repayment on long-term debt and
capital lease obligations.
For fiscal 2003, cash and cash equivalents increased by
$4.2 million to $10.0 million from $5.8 million
at the end of fiscal 2002. The primary contributor to the
increase in cash and cash equivalents was $11.2 million of
cash provided by operations, partially offset by
$6.1 million used in investing activities primarily to open
new store
27
openings. For fiscal 2002, cash and cash equivalents increased
by $1.7 million to $5.8 million from $4.1 million
at the end of fiscal 2001. The primary contributor to the
increase in cash and cash equivalents was $10.5 million of
cash provided by operations, partially offset by
$5.9 million used in investing activities, primarily to
open new store openings and $2.8 million from cash used in
financing activities, primarily to pay down our revolving lines
of credit.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $12.7 million
for fiscal 2004 and $11.2 million for fiscal 2003. Net cash
provided by operating activities increased in fiscal 2004
compared to fiscal 2003 primarily because net income increased.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $11.2 million
for fiscal 2003 and $10.5 million for fiscal 2002. Net cash
provided by operating activities increased in fiscal 2003
compared to fiscal 2002 primarily because net income increased.
Net cash used in investing activities was $8.6 million for
fiscal 2004, and $6.1 million for fiscal 2003. Net cash
used in investing activities increased in fiscal 2004 compared
to fiscal 2003 because we purchased additional property and
equipment to open 40 new stores compared to 25 new stores in the
prior year. Net cash used in investing activities was
$6.1 million for fiscal 2003, and $5.9 million for
fiscal 2002. Net cash used in investing activities increased in
fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002 because we purchased
additional property and equipment to open 25 new stores compared
to 16 new stores in the prior year.
We anticipate that our capital expenditures will increase to
approximately $10 million for fiscal 2005 and $25 to
$27 million for fiscal 2006. Fiscal 2005 spending relates
to the purchase of property and equipment for the 40 stores
we plan to open in 2005. The increase in fiscal 2006 relates to
the planned purchase or construction of a new distribution
center and the purchase of property and equipment for the 40
stores we plan to open in fiscal 2006. We plan to finance these
capital expenditures over the next two fiscal years with cash
flow from operations and a portion of the net proceeds from this
offering.
Net cash used in financing activities was $2.2 million for
fiscal 2004 and approximately $942,000 for fiscal 2003. Net cash
used in financing activities for fiscal 2004 was attributable to
$1.4 million in payments on preferred stock dividends and
approximately $831,000 for payments on capital lease obligations
and mortgage payments on our Fahm Street facility. Net cash used
in financing activities was approximately $942,000 for fiscal
2003 and $2.8 million for fiscal 2002. Net cash used in
financing activities for fiscal 2003 was attributable to
payments on capital lease obligations and mortgage payments on
our Fahm Street facility. Net cash used in financing activities
for fiscal 2002 was primarily attributable to $3.7 million
in repayments of our revolving line of credit and approximately
$742,000 in payments on capital lease obligations, partially
offset by $1.7 million in proceeds from the mortgage on our
Fahm Street facility. Until required for other purposes, we
maintain our cash and cash equivalents in deposit accounts or
highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of
90 days or less at the time of purchase.
Liquidity Sources, Requirements and Contractual Cash
Requirements and Commitments
Our principal sources of liquidity consist of: (i) cash and
cash equivalents (which equaled $11.8 million as of
January 29, 2005); (ii) a secured line of credit with
a maximum available borrowing of $25.0 million subject to
our inventory levels (with availability of $23.5 million
and none drawn down as of January 29, 2005); (iii) an
unsecured line of credit with a maximum available borrowing of
$3.0 million subject to our inventory levels (with
availability of $3.0 million and none drawn down as of
January 29, 2005); (iv) cash generated from operations
on an ongoing basis as we sell our merchandise inventory;
(v) trade credit; and (vi) the remainder of the net
proceeds from this offering after the redemption of our
Series A Preferred Stock and the repayment of outstanding
indebtedness. Short-term trade credit represents a significant
source of financing for our inventory purchases. Trade credit
arises from customary payment terms and trade practices with our
vendors. Our management regularly reviews the adequacy of credit
available to us from our vendors. Historically, our principal
liquidity requirements have been to meet our working capital and
capital expenditure needs.
We believe that our sources of liquidity will be sufficient to
fund our operations and anticipated capital expenditures for at
least the next 24 months. Our ability to fund these
requirements and comply with the financial covenants under our
secured lines of credit will depend on our cash flow, which in
turn is subject to prevailing economic conditions and financial,
business and other factors, some of which are beyond our
control. In addition,
28
as part of our strategy, we intend to continue to open new
stores, which will require additional capital. We cannot assure
you that additional capital or other sources of liquidity will
be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
The following table discloses aggregate information about our
contractual obligations as of January 29, 2005 and the
periods in which payments are due:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than |
|
|
|
More than |
|
|
Total |
|
1 Year |
|
1-3 Years |
|
3-5 Years |
|
5 Years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
Contractual obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A Preferred
Stock(1)
|
|
$ |
5,364 |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
5,364 |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
Long-term
debt(2)
|
|
|
1,822 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
1,641 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
1,528 |
|
|
|
801 |
|
|
|
727 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Operating
leases(3)
|
|
|
29,262 |
|
|
|
8,224 |
|
|
|
13,351 |
|
|
|
7,072 |
|
|
|
615 |
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
39,237 |
|
|
|
39,237 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Consulting
fee(4)
|
|
|
960 |
|
|
|
240 |
|
|
|
480 |
|
|
|
240 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual cash obligations
|
|
$ |
78,773 |
|
|
$ |
48,683 |
|
|
$ |
16,200 |
|
|
$ |
12,676 |
|
|
$ |
615 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Includes Series A Preferred Stock of $3.6 million,
accrued dividends of approximately $380,000 as of
January 29, 2005 and dividends of $1.4 million
accruing through maturity in April 2009. The board of directors
approved a resolution whereby we began making payments of
approximately $500,000 per quarter beginning in the second
quarter of fiscal 2004. Our Series A Preferred Stock will be
redeemed using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering. |
|
|
|
(2) |
Our outstanding long-term debt will be repaid using a portion of
the net proceeds from this offering. |
|
|
|
(3) |
Represents fixed minimum rentals in stores and does not include
incremental rents which are computed as a percentage of net
sales. For example, in fiscal 2004 incremental percentage rent
was approximately $723,000 which represented 8.6% of total rent
expense. |
|
|
|
(4) |
Represents minimum payments for the four year term of a
management consulting agreement that is subject to automatic
annual renewals unless terminated with 60 days notice by
either party. Upon consummation of this offering, the parties
shall terminate the consulting agreement and we will recognize
an expense for a termination fee of $1.2 million. The
Company is obligated to make such payment no later than
December 31, 2005; accordingly, such payment will not be
made from the proceeds of this offering. |
|
Indebtedness. We have a revolving line of credit
secured by substantially all of our assets pursuant to which we
pay customary fees. This secured line of credit expires in April
2007. This secured line of credit provides for aggregate cash
borrowings and the issuance of letters of credit up to the
lesser of $25.0 million or our borrowing base (which was
approximately $23.5 million at January 29, 2005), with
a letter of credit sub-limit of $2.0 million. Borrowings
under this secured line of credit bear interest at the prime
rate plus a spread or LIBOR plus a spread, at our election,
based on conditions in the credit agreement. As of
January 29, 2005, we had no outstanding borrowings on the
line of credit, and no outstanding letters of credit. Under the
terms of the credit agreement, we are required to maintain a
minimum tangible net worth.
In September 2003, we entered into an annual unsecured revolving
line of credit with Bank of America that was renewed in June
2004. The line of credit provides for aggregate cash borrowings
up to $3.0 million to be used for general operating
purposes. Borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest at
LIBOR plus a spread. At January 29, 2005, there was no balance
on this revolving line of credit.
We borrow funds under these revolving lines of credit from time
to time and subsequently repay such borrowings with available
cash generated from operations.
Capital Leases. We have capital lease obligations
that financed the purchase of our computer equipment. At
January 29, 2005, our capital lease obligations were
$1.4 million. These obligations have maturity dates ranging
from March 2005 to December 2007. The interest rates on these
obligations range from 7.2% to 11.5%. All of these obligations
are secured by the computer equipment.
Operating Leases. We lease our stores under
operating leases, which generally have an initial term of
five years with one five-year renewal option. The typical
store lease requires a combination of both fixed monthly rentals
29
and rentals computed as percentage of net sales after a certain
sales threshold has been met. Rental expense was
$8.4 million for fiscal 2004 and $6.4 million for
fiscal 2003 (including approximately $723,000 and $794,000 of
percentage rent, respectively).
Purchase Obligations. As of January 29, 2005,
we had purchase obligations of $39.2 million, all of which
were for less than one year. These purchase obligations
primarily consist of outstanding merchandise orders.
Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements
Other than the store operating leases described above, we do not
have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates. We believe the following critical
accounting policies describe the more significant judgments and
estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements:
Revenue Recognition
While our recognition of revenue is predominantly derived from
routine retail transactions and does not involve significant
judgment, revenue recognition represents an important accounting
policy of ours. We recognize retail sales at the time the
customer takes possession of the merchandise and purchases are
paid for less an allowance for returns. We allow for returns up
to 10 days after the date of sales and the estimate for
returns is based on actual observed return activity 10 days
after the period ends. Revenue from layaway sales is recognized
when the customer has paid for and received the merchandise.
However, revenue from the $2.00 service charge for
participating in the program and from the $5.00 re-stocking fee,
if charged as part of the layaway program, is recognized at the
time of payment. All sales are from cash, check or major credit
card company transactions.
Inventory
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out
basis) or market as determined by the retail inventory method
less a provision for inventory shrinkage. Under the retail
inventory method, the cost value of inventory and gross margins
are determined by calculating a cost-to-retail ratio and
applying it to the retail value of inventory. Inherent in the
retail inventory calculation are certain significant management
judgments and estimates including, among others, merchandise
markups, markdowns and shrinkage, which impact the ending
inventory valuation at cost as well as resulting gross margins.
We estimate a shrinkage reserve for the period between the last
physical count and the balance sheet date. The estimate for the
shrinkage reserve can be affected by changes in actual shrinkage
trends. We believe the first-in first-out retail inventory
method results in an inventory valuation that is fairly stated.
Many retailers have arrangements with vendors that provide for
rebates and allowances under certain conditions, which
ultimately affect the value of the inventory. We have not
entered into such arrangements with our vendors.
Property and Equipment, net
We have a significant investment in property and equipment.
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Equipment under
capital leases is stated at the present value of minimum lease
payments. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the
straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful
lives (primarily three to five years for computer equipment and
furniture, fixtures and equipment, five years for leasehold
improvements, and 15 years for buildings) of the related
assets or the relevant lease term, whichever is shorter. Any
reduction in these estimated useful lives would result in a
higher annual depreciation expense for the related assets.
30
Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets
We continually evaluate whether events and changes in
circumstances warrant revised estimates of the useful lives or
recognition of an impairment loss for intangible assets. Future
adverse changes in market and legal conditions, or poor
operating results of underlying assets could result in losses or
an inability to recover the carrying value of the intangible
asset, thereby possibly requiring an impairment charge in the
future. If facts and circumstances indicate that a long-lived
asset, including property and equipment, may be impaired, the
carrying value is reviewed. If this review indicates that the
carrying value of the asset will not be recovered as determined
based on projected undiscounted cash flows related to the asset
over its remaining life, the carrying value of the asset is
reduced to its estimated fair value. Impairment losses in the
future are dependent on a number of factors such as site
selection and general economic trends, and thus could be
significantly different from historical results. To the extent
our estimates for net sales, gross profit and store expenses are
not realized, future assessments of recoverability could result
in impairment charges.
Stock-Based Compensation
We apply the intrinsic-value-based method of accounting
prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,
and related interpretations including FASB interpretation
(FIN) No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions
involving Stock Compensation, an interpretation of APB Opinion
No. 25, to account for our fixed-plan stock options.
Under this method, compensation expense is recorded on the date
of grant only if the current fair value of the underlying stock
exceeds the exercise price. We recognize the fair value of stock
rights granted to non-employees in the accompanying financial
statements. SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, and SFAS No. 148,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 123, establishes accounting and disclosure
requirements using a fair-value-based method of accounting for
stock-based employee compensation plans. As permitted by
existing accounting standards, we have elected to continue to
apply the intrinsic-value-based method of accounting described
above, and have adopted only the disclosure requirements of
SFAS No. 123, as amended. Pro forma information
regarding net income and net income per share is required in
order to show our net income as if we had accounted for employee
stock options under the fair value method of
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, as amended by SFAS No. 148,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition
Disclosure. This information is contained in Notes 2
and 8 to our financial statements. The fair values of options
and shares issued pursuant to our option plan at each grant date
were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS
No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. The
computation of income taxes is subject to estimation due to the
judgment required and the uncertainty related to the
recoverability of deferred tax assets or the outcome of tax
audits. We adjust our income tax provision in the period it is
determined that actual results will differ from our estimates.
Tax law and rate changes are reflected in the income tax
provision in which such changes are enacted.
The above listing is not intended to be a comprehensive list of
all our accounting policies. In many cases the accounting
treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated
by generally accepted accounting principles, with no need for
managements judgment in their application. There are also
areas in which managements judgment in selecting any
available alternative would not produce a materially different
result.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
We are exposed to financial market risks related to changes in
interest rates connected with our revolving lines of credit
which bear interest at variable rates. We cannot predict market
fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, future results may
differ materially from estimated results due to adverse changes
in interest rates or debt availability. A hypothetical
100 basis point increase in prevailing market interest
rates would not have materially impacted our financial position,
results of operations, cash flows for fiscal 2004. We do not
engage in financial transactions for trading or speculative
purposes, and we have not entered into any interest rate hedging
contracts.
31
We source all of our product from apparel markets in the United
States and, therefore, are not subject to fluctuations in
foreign currency exchange rates. We have not entered into
forward contracts to hedge against fluctuations in foreign
currency prices.
If we were to begin sourcing product directly from overseas, our
risk management policy would allow us to utilize foreign
currency forward and option contracts to manage currency
exposures. If we were to enter into hedging contracts, we
anticipate that the contracts would have maturities of less than
three months and would settle before the end of each quarterly
period. Additionally, we do not expect to enter into any hedging
contracts for trading or speculative purposes.
We had cash and cash equivalents totaling $11.8 million at
January 29, 2005. These amounts were maintained in deposit
accounts or highly liquid investments with remaining maturities
of 90 days or less at the time of purchase. Due to the
short-term nature of these investments, we believe that we do
not have material exposure to changes in the fair value of our
investments as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines
in interest rates, however, will reduce future investment
income. We do not enter into investments for trading or
speculative purposes.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets. SFAS No. 153 amends
APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary
Transactions, which requires that exchanges of nonmonetary
assets be measured based on the fair value of the assets
exchanged, but which includes certain exceptions to that
principle. SFAS No. 153 eliminates the exception from APB
Opinion No. 29 for nonmonetary exchanges of similar
productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for
exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have a commercial
substance. SFAS No. 153 is effective for nonmonetary asset
exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after
June 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS No. 153 is not
expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial
position or results of operations.
In December 2004, the FASB issued a revision to
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation. SFAS No. 123R replaces SFAS No. 123
and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees, and establishes standards for the
accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its
equity instruments for goods or services. SFAS No. 123R
focuses primarily on accounting for transactions in which an
entity obtains employee services in share-based payment
transactions and is effective as of the beginning of the first
reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005 for public
entities that do not file as small business issuers. We have
illustrated the effect on our earnings as if we had adopted the
fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation
under SFAS No. 123. This information is contained in
notes 2 and 8 to our financial statements. The fair values
of options and shares issued pursuant to our option plan at each
grant date were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model. The fair value-based method of SFAS No. 123 is
similar in most respects to the fair value-based method under
SFAS No. 123R, although the election of certain methods
within the applicable transition rules of SFAS No. 123R may
affect the impact on our consolidated financial position or
results of operations. Such impact, if any, on our consolidated
financial position or results of operations has not been
determined.
In December 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46R, Consolidation
of Variable Interest Entities, which is an interpretation of
Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated
Financial Statements. FIN 46R requires that if an
entity has a controlling interest in a variable interest entity,
the assets, liabilities and results of activities of the
variable interest entity should be included in the consolidated
financial statements of the entity. FIN 46R is effective
immediately for all new variable interest entities created or
acquired after December 31, 2003. The adoption of
FIN 46R is not expected to have an impact on our
consolidated financial position or results of operations.
32
Business
We are a rapidly growing, value-priced retailer of urban fashion
apparel and accessories for the entire family. We offer quality,
branded products from nationally recognized brands, as well as
private label products and a limited assortment of home
décor items. Our merchandise offerings are designed to
appeal to the preferences of fashion conscious consumers,
particularly African-Americans. We believe that we provide our
merchandise offering at compelling values. We seek to provide
nationally recognized branded merchandise offered at 20% to 60%
discounts to department and specialty stores regular
prices. Our stores average approximately 8,500 square feet
of selling space and are typically located in neighborhood
shopping centers that are convenient to low to moderate income
customers. Originally our stores were located in the Southeast,
and we have recently expanded into the Mid-Atlantic region and
Texas. We currently operate 208 stores in both urban and rural
markets in twelve states. In each of fiscal 2005 and fiscal
2006, we intend to open 40 new stores, approximately 70% of
which are expected to be located in states that we currently
serve.
Our predecessor was founded in 1946 and grew to become a chain
of family apparel stores operating in the Southeast under the
Allied Department Stores name. In 1999, our chain of stores,
then consisting of 85 stores throughout the Southeast, was
acquired by Hampshire Equity Partners, a private equity firm.
Our management team has implemented several strategies designed
to differentiate our stores, improve our operating and financial
performance and position us for growth, including:
|
|
|
|
|
focusing our merchandise offerings on more urban fashion apparel
for the entire family, with greater emphasis on nationally
recognized brands; |
|
|
|
accelerating and completing the remodeling of virtually all of
the 85 stores acquired in 1999 to create a more appealing
shopping environment; |
|
|
|
refining our new store model and implementing a real estate
approach focused on locating stores in low to moderate income
neighborhoods close to our core customers; |
|
|
|
rebranding our stores and our company to Citi Trends in order to
convey more effectively our positioning to consumers; |
|
|
|
investing in infrastructure to support growth, including opening
an additional distribution center and installing new point of
sale systems in all of our stores; and |
|
|
|
implementing an aggressive growth strategy, including entering
several new markets such as Houston, Norfolk and, most recently,
Baltimore and Washington, D.C. |
Industry
According to NPD Fashionworld, a division of the NPD Group, or
NPD, a nationally recognized firm that specializes in apparel
research, based on Consumer Panel Estimated Data, retail sales
of off-price apparel totaled $16.5 billion in the U.S. in
2004, up more than 15% from 2003. The popularity of this segment
continues to grow, with off-price retailers accounting for 9.5%
of overall retail apparel sales in the U.S. in 2004, versus 8.6%
in 2003 and 8.2% in 2002, according to NPD.
The off-price apparel market is dominated by large format,
national apparel companies, such as The TJX Companies,
Burlington Coat Factory and Ross Stores. Our management believes
that these retailers generally target more affluent consumers
and seek to achieve high volumes by serving the fashion needs of
a broad segment of the population. Mass merchants and general
merchandise discount retailers, such as Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
and Kmart Corp., also offer apparel at reduced prices, but we
believe that they generally focus on basic apparel and are less
fashion oriented. As a result, we believe there is significant
demand for a value retailer that addresses the market of low to
moderate income consumers generally and, particularly,
African-American and other minority consumers who seek
value-priced, urban fashion apparel and accessories. We believe
this market benefits from several favorable characteristics,
including:
Growing Market with Favorable Demographics. Based on
U.S. Census Bureau data, approximately 31% of the
U.S. population was non-white in 2000 versus approximately
20% in 1980. According to the U.S. Census Bureau data this
percentage is estimated to increase to approximately 35% by
2010. Within this market, African-
33
Americans represented 12.7% of the population as of 2000, which
is expected to increase to 13.1% in 2010, based upon
U.S. Census Bureau data.
Significant Spending on Apparel. According to the
Selig Center for Economic Growth at The University of Georgia,
or the Selig Center, the combined U.S. buying power of
non-whites grew from $540.8 billion in 1990 to
approximately $1.2 trillion in 2000. During that period, buying
power for African-Americans grew from $318.3 billion to
$584.9 billion and is estimated by the Selig Center to grow
approximately 65% to $964.6 billion in 2009.
We believe our core customers are more fashion oriented, which
results in a greater propensity to purchase apparel. According
to the U.S. Department of Labor, African-Americans spend
4.7% of their annual income on apparel and related products and
services, compared to 3.5% for the U.S. population as a
whole.
Expansion of Urban Apparel Brands. In recent years,
a series of nationally recognized urban brands, often associated
with hip-hop and rap musicians, has emerged and gained
significant popularity. These brands offer distinctive, urban
apparel designed to appeal to African-American consumers, as
well as to the broader population. Sales from 13 national urban
apparel brands tracked by NPD totaled approximately
$1.9 billion in 2004, an increase of approximately 46% from
2003.
Business Strengths
Our goal is to be the leading value-priced retailer of urban
fashion apparel and accessories. We believe the following
business strengths differentiate us from our competitors and are
important to our success:
Focus on Urban Fashion Mix. We focus our merchandise
on urban fashions, which we believe appeals to our core
customers. We do not attempt to dictate trends, but rather
devote considerable effort to identifying emerging trends and
ensuring that our apparel assortment is considered timely and
fashionable in the urban market. Our merchandising staff tests
new merchandise before reordering and actively manages the mix
of brands and products in our stores to keep our offering fresh
and minimize markdowns.
Superior Value Proposition. As a value-priced
retailer, we seek to offer first quality, fashionable
merchandise at compelling prices. We seek to provide nationally
recognized brands offered at 20% to 60% discounts to department
and specialty stores regular prices. We also offer
products under our proprietary brands such as Citi Steps, Diva
Blue and Urban Sophistication. These private labels enable us to
expand product selection, offer fashion merchandise at lower
prices and enhances our product offerings.
Merchandise Mix that Appeals to the Entire
Family. We merchandise our stores to create a
destination environment capable of meeting the fashion needs of
the entire value-conscious family. Each store offers a wide
variety of products for men and women, as well as infants,
toddlers, boys and girls. Our stores feature sportswear,
dresses, plus-sized apparel, outerwear, footwear and
accessories, as well as a limited assortment of home décor
items. We believe that the breadth of our merchandise
distinguishes our stores from many competitors that offer urban
apparel primarily for women, and reduces our exposure to fashion
trends and demand cycles in any single category.
Strong and Flexible Sourcing Relationships. We
maintain strong sourcing relationships with a large group of
suppliers. We have purchased merchandise from more than 1,000
vendors in the past twelve months. Purchasing is controlled by
our 20-member buying team located at our Savannah, Georgia
headquarters and in New York, New York, and our buyers have an
average of more than 20 years of retail experience. We
purchase merchandise through planned programs with vendors at
reduced prices and opportunistically through close-outs, with
the majority of our merchandise purchased for the current season
and a limited quantity held for sale in future seasons. To
foster our vendor relationships, we pay vendors promptly and do
not ask for typical retail concessions such as promotional and
markdown allowances or delivery concessions such as drop
shipments to stores.
Attractive Fashion Presentation and Store
Environment. We seek to provide a fashion-focused
shopping environment that is similar to a specialty apparel
retailer, rather than a typical off-price store. Products from
nationally recognized brands are prominently displayed by brand,
rather than by size, on dedicated, four-way fixtures featuring
multiple sizes and styles. The remaining merchandise is arranged
on hanging racks. All stores
34
are carpeted and well-lit, with most featuring a sound system
that plays urban adult and urban contemporary music throughout
the store. Nearly all of our stores have either been opened or
remodeled in the past six years.
Highly Profitable Store Model. We operate a proven
and efficient store model that delivers strong cash flow and
store level return on investment. We locate stores in high
traffic strip shopping centers that are convenient to low and
moderate income neighborhoods. We generally utilize previously
occupied store sites. This approach enables us to generate
substantial traffic at attractive rents. Similarly, our
advertising expenses are low as we do not rely on
promotion-driven sales but rather seek to build our reputation
for value through everyday low prices. At the same time, from an
investment perspective, we seek to design stores that are
inviting and easy to shop, while limiting startup and fixturing
costs. As a result, our stores generate rapid payback of
investments, typically within twelve to 14 months.
Growth Strategy
Our growth strategy is to open stores in new and existing
markets, as well as to increase sales in existing stores. Adding
stores in the markets we currently serve often enables us to
benefit from enhanced name recognition and achieve advertising
and operating synergies. In fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004, we
opened 25 and 40 stores, respectively, and entered the Houston,
Norfolk, Baltimore and Washington, D.C. markets. Of the
25 stores opened in fiscal 2003, the average sales were
$1.3 million.
In each of fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, we intend to open 40 new
stores, approximately 70% of which we expect to locate in states
we currently serve.
We intend to increase comparable store sales through
merchandising enhancements in those existing categories for
which recent sales and/or sales trends are encouraging and the
expansion of adjacent product categories. In order to expand
such adjacent categories, we have recently added a dedicated
buyer in home décor and upgraded our buying capabilities
and focus within the intimate apparel category.
Store Operations
Store Format. Our existing 208 stores average
selling space is approximately 8,700 square feet, which
allows us space and flexibility to departmentalize our stores
and provide directed traffic patterns. New stores added in
fiscal 2004 averaged approximately 10,700 square feet,
which is larger than the stores added in fiscal 2003 and
significantly larger than our historical store base. As a result
of these new stores, as well as due to the remodeling and
expansion of existing stores in fiscal 2003, our average square
footage of selling space per store has increased from
approximately 7,600 at the end of fiscal 2002 to its current
level.
We arrange our stores in a racetrack format with womens
sportswear, our most attractive and fashion current merchandise,
in the center of each store, and complementary categories
adjacent to those items. Mens and boys apparel is
displayed on one side of the store while dresses, footwear and
accessories are displayed on the other side. Merchandise for
infants, toddlers and girls is displayed along the back of the
store. Impulse items, such as jewelry and sunglasses, are
featured near the checkout area. Products from nationally
recognized brands are prominently displayed on four way racks at
the front of each department. The remaining merchandise is
displayed on hanging racks and occasionally on table displays.
Large hanging signs identify each category location. The
unobstructed floor plan allows the customer to see virtually all
of the different product areas from the store entrance and
provides us the flexibility easily to expand and contract
departments in response to consumer demand, seasonality and
merchandise availability.
Virtually all of our inventory is displayed on the selling
floor. Our prices are clearly marked and often have the
comparative retail-selling price noted on the price tag.
Store Management. Store operations are managed by
our Vice President of Store Operations, three regional managers
and 21 district managers, each of whom typically manages eight
to ten stores. Our typical store is staffed with a store
manager, two or three assistant managers and seven to eight part
time sales associates, all of whom rotate work days on a shift
basis. District managers and store managers participate in a
bonus program based on achieving predetermined levels of sales
and profits. The district managers also participate in bonus
programs based on achieving targeted payroll costs. Our regional
managers participate in a bonus program based
35
on a rollup of the district managers bonuses. The
assistant managers and sales associates are compensated on an
hourly basis with incentives. Moreover, we recognize individual
performance through internal promotions and provide extensive
opportunities for advancement, particularly given our rapid
growth.
We place significant emphasis on loss prevention in order to
control inventory shrinkage. Our initiatives include electronic
tags on all of our products, training and education of store
personnel on loss prevention issues, digital video camera
systems, alarm systems and motion detectors in the stores. We
also capture extensive point-of-sale data and maintain systems
that monitor returns, voids and employee sales, and produce
trend and exception reports to assist us in identifying
shrinkage issues. We have a centralized loss prevention team
that focuses exclusively on implementation of our initiatives
and specifically on stores that have experienced above average
levels of shrinkage.
Employee Training. Our employees are critical to
achieving our goals, and we strive to hire employees with high
energy levels and motivation. We have well-established store
operating policies and procedures and an extensive 90-day
in-store training program for new store managers and assistant
managers. Our sales associates also participate in a 30-day
customer service and store procedures training program, which is
designed to enable them to assist customers in a friendly,
helpful manner.
Layaway Program. We offer a layaway program that
allows customers to purchase merchandise by initially paying a
20% deposit together with a $2.00 service charge. The customer
then makes additional payments every two weeks and has
60 days within which to complete the purchase. If the
purchase is not completed, the customer receives a merchandise
credit for amounts paid less a $5.00 re-stocking fee and the
service charge. Sales under our layaway program accounted for
approximately 13% of our total sales in fiscal 2004.
Store Economics. We believe we benefit from
attractive store-level economics. The average investment for the
41 stores we opened in fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003,
including leasehold improvements, equipment, cost of inventory
to stock the store (net of accounts payable) and preopening
store expenses, was approximately $240,000. These 41 stores
generated average sales of $1.2 million and average store
operating profit (defined as store operating revenue less cost
of sales and store operating expenses) of $190,000 during their
first twelve months of operation. Our average investment for the
40 stores opened in fiscal 2004 was approximately $280,000.
This investment represents an increase over prior years as the
size of our stores has increased and, in some instances, we have
paid for leasehold improvements that we expect to recover over
time. We expect these stores to generate similar levels of
return on investment.
Store Locations
As of March 31, 2005, we operated 208 stores located in
twelve states. Our stores are primarily located in strip
shopping centers and downtown business districts. We have no
franchising relationships as all of our stores are
36
company-operated. The table below sets forth the number of
stores in each of these twelve states and the specific markets
within each such state in which we operated at least two stores
as of March 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alabama17
|
|
Louisiana23 |
|
South Carolina32 |
|
Birmingham4
|
|
Shreveport3 |
|
Charleston2 |
|
Montgomery2
|
|
Baton Rouge2 |
|
Columbia2 |
|
Mobile2
|
|
Monroe2 |
|
Orangeburg2 |
|
Single store locations9
|
|
New Orleans2 |
|
Single store locations26 |
Arkansas4
|
|
Single store locations14 |
|
Tennessee9 |
|
Little Rock3
|
|
Maryland3 |
|
Memphis6 |
|
Single store locations1
|
|
Baltimore2 |
|
Nashville2 |
Florida14
|
|
Single store locations1 |
|
Single store locations1 |
|
Jacksonville3
|
|
Mississippi17 |
|
Texas6 |
|
Tampa2
|
|
Jackson2 |
|
Houston6 |
|
Single store locations9
|
|
Single store locations15 |
|
Virginia11 |
Georgia44
|
|
North Carolina28 |
|
Norfolk6 |
|
Atlanta9
|
|
Charlotte2 |
|
Richmond4 |
|
Albany2
|
|
Durham2 |
|
Single store locations1 |
|
Augusta2
|
|
Fayetteville2 |
|
|
|
Macon2
|
|
Greensboro2 |
|
|
|
Savannah2
|
|
Single store locations20 |
|
|
|
Single store locations27
|
|
|
|
|
Site Selection. Cost-effective store locations are
an important part of our profitability model. Accordingly, we
look for second and third use store locations that offer
attractive rents, but also meet our demographic and economic
criteria.
In selecting a location, we target both urban and rural markets.
Demographic criteria used in site selection include
concentrations of our core consumers. In addition, we require
convenient site accessibility, as well as strong co-tenants,
such as food stores, dollar stores, rent-to-own stores and other
apparel stores. We prepare detailed demographic studies and pro
forma financial statements for each prospective store location.
Our economic criteria for a site include specific store-level
profitability and return on capital invested.
We have a dedicated real estate management team responsible for
new store site selection. Our group has identified a significant
number of target sites in existing strip shopping centers and
off-mall locations with appropriate market characteristics in
both new and existing markets. We opened a total of 65 new
stores in fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004. In each of fiscal 2005
and fiscal 2006, we intend to open an additional 40 stores. We
expect to fund our store openings with a portion of the net
proceeds from this offering and cash flow from operations.
Shortly after we sign a new store lease, our store construction
department prepares the store by installing fixtures, signs,
dressing rooms, checkout counters, cash register systems and
other items. Once we take possession of a store site, we can
open the store within approximately three to four weeks.
Product Merchandising and Pricing
Merchandising. Our merchandising policy is to offer
high quality, branded products at attractive prices for the
entire value-conscious family. We seek to maintain a diverse
assortment of first quality, in-season merchandise that appeals
to the distinctive tastes and preferences of our core customers.
Approximately 30% of our sales are typically represented by
nationally recognized brands that we purchase from approximately
30 to 50 vendors. We also offer a wide variety of
products from less recognized brands that represent
approximately 60% of sales. The remaining 10% of sales represent
private label products under our proprietary brands such as Citi
Steps, Diva Blue and Urban Sophistication. Our private label
products enable us to expand product selection, offer
merchandise at lower prices and enhances our product offerings.
Our merchandise includes apparel, accessories and home
décor. Within apparel, we offer mens, womens,
which includes dresses, sportswear and plus size offerings, and
childrens, which includes offerings for infants, toddlers,
boys and girls. We also offer accessories, which includes
intimate apparel, handbags, hats, jewelry, footwear, toys, belts
and sleepwear, as well as a limited assortment of home
décor, which includes giftware, lamps, pictures, mirrors
and figurines.
37
The following table sets forth our approximate merchandise
assortment by classification as a percentage of net sales for
fiscal 2004. The Company has made an estimate for layaways based
on total Company layaway transactions still outstanding at
January 29, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of |
|
|
Net Sales |
|
|
|
Womens
|
|
38% |
Childrens
|
|
27% |
Mens
|
|
21% |
Accessories
|
|
13% |
Home décor
|
|
1% |
Pricing. We purchase our merchandise at low prices
and mark prices up less than department or specialty stores. We
seek to provide our nationally recognized brands are offered at
prices 20% to 60% below regular retail prices available in
department stores and specialty stores, and that product
offering validates both our value and fashion positioning to our
consumers. We also consider the price-to-value relationships of
our non-branded products to be strong. Our basic pricing
strategy is everyday low prices. Our discount from the suggested
retail price is usually reflected on the price tag. We review
each department in our stores at least monthly for possible
markdowns based on sales rates and fashion seasons to promote
faster turnover of inventory and to accelerate the flow of
current merchandise. Our return policy permits any customer the
right to return merchandise within ten days of purchase and
receive a cash refund if they have a receipt, unless such item
was purchased in a closeout or discount in which case we will
only permit a merchandise exchange. We believe that our practice
in this regard is more restrictive when compared to other
apparel retailers.
Sourcing and Allocation
Our merchandising department oversees the sourcing and
allocation of merchandise to our stores, which allows us to
utilize volume purchase discounts and maintain control over our
inventory. We source our merchandise from over
1,000 vendors, consisting of domestic manufacturers and
importers. For fiscal 2004, no vendor represented over 6% of our
net sales. Our President and Chief Merchandising Officer
supervises our 13 member planning and allocation team, as
well as our buying team which is comprised of five merchandise
managers and 14 buyers. Consistent with our plan to grow
the intimate apparel and home décor categories, we recently
added a dedicated buyer in home décor and upgraded our
buying capabilities and focus in intimate apparel.
Our buyers have an average of 20 years of experience in the
retail business and have developed long-standing relationships
with many of our vendors, including those controlling the
distribution of branded apparel. These buyers are responsible
for maintaining vendor relationships, securing high quality,
fashionable merchandise that meets our margin requirements and
identifying and responding to emerging fashion trends. Our
buyers, who are based in Savannah and New York, accomplish this
by traveling to the major United States apparel markets
regularly, visiting our major manufacturers and attending
national and regional apparel trade shows, including
urban-focused trade shows. We also retain the services of two
independent fashion consulting firms, Barbara Fields Buying and
Henry Donegar Associates, that monitor market trends.
Our buyers purchase merchandise in styles, sizes and quantities
to meet inventory levels developed by our planning staff. We
work closely with our suppliers and are able to differentiate
ourselves by our willingness to purchase less than a full
assortment of styles, colors and sizes and by our policy of
paying promptly and not asking for typical retail concessions
such as promotional and markdown allowances. Our purchasing
department utilizes several buying techniques that enable us to
offer to consumers branded and other merchandise at everyday low
prices. The majority of the nationally recognized branded
products we sell are purchased in-season and represent our
vendors excess inventories resulting from production or
retailer order cancellations. We generally purchase later in the
merchandising buying cycle than department and specialty stores.
This allows us to take advantage of imbalances between
retailers demands for specific merchandise and
manufacturers supply of that merchandise. We also purchase
merchandise from some vendors in advance of the selling season
at reduced prices. Occasionally, we purchase merchandise on an
opportunistic basis, which we then pack and hold for
sale three to nine months later. Where possible, we seek to
purchase items based on style or color in limited quantities
38
on a test basis with the right to reorder as needed. Finally, we
purchase private label merchandise that we source to our
specifications.
As is customary in the industry, we do not enter into long-term
contracts with any of our suppliers. While we believe we may
encounter delays if we change suppliers, we believe alternate
sources of merchandise for all product categories are available
at comparable prices.
We allocate merchandise across our store base according to
store-level demand. Our merchandising staff utilizes a
centralized management system to monitor merchandise purchasing,
allocation and sales in order to maximize inventory turnover,
identify and respond to changing product demands and determine
the timing of mark-downs to our merchandise. Our buyers also
regularly review the age and condition of our merchandise and
manage both the reordering and clearance processes. In addition,
our merchandising team communicates with our regional, district
and store managers to ascertain regional and store-level
conditions and to better ensure that our product mix meets our
consumers demands in terms of quality, fashion, price and
availability.
Advertising and Marketing
Our advertising goal is to build the Citi Trends
brand and promote consumers association of our brand with
value, quality, fashion and everyday low prices. We generally
focus our advertising efforts during the Easter, back-to-school
and Christmas seasons. This advertising consists of radio
commercials on local hip-hop radio stations that highlight our
brands, our value and our everyday low prices. We also do
in-store advertising that includes window signs designated for
special purposes, such as seasonal events and clearance periods,
and taped audio advertisements co-mingled with our in-store
music programs. Signs change in color, quantity and theme every
three to six weeks. For store grand openings, we typically
seek to create community awareness and consumer excitement
through radio advertising preceding and during the grand opening
and by creating an on-site event with local radio personalities
broadcasting from the new location. We also distribute
promotional items such as gift certificates and shopping sprees
in connection with our grand openings.
Our marketing efforts center on promoting our everyday low
prices and on demonstrating the strong price-to-value
relationship of our products to our consumers. We do not utilize
promotional advertising. Our merchandise is priced so that our
competition rarely has lower prices. In the limited situations
where our competition offers the same merchandise at a lower
price, we will match the price.
Distribution
All merchandise sold in our stores is shipped directly from our
distribution centers in Savannah, Georgia. In November 2004, we
opened our second distribution center located on Coleman
Boulevard, approximately 10 miles from our primary
distribution center, the Fahm Street facility. The Coleman
facility is used to process all receipts, as well as to
warehouse pack and hold merchandise and merchandise
held for new store openings. After merchandise is received and
quality control functions are performed, the merchandise is
moved to the Fahm Street facility for processing and shipping to
the stores.
All work necessary to prepare the merchandise to be sales-floor
ready is performed in our distribution centers. Some of our
merchandise comes from vendors pre-ticketed and pre-packed and
can be shipped directly from the distribution centers to our
stores without repacking. However, most merchandise has to be
price ticketed and repacked in store shipping units before being
shipped to the stores.
We generally ship merchandise from Savannah to stores daily, but
approximately 40 of our smaller volume stores receive
merchandise every other day. Savannah is centrally located to
our store base, and most of our stores are within a two-day
drive from our distribution centers. We use United Parcel
Service, Inc. and FedEx Corporation to ship merchandise to our
stores. Our distribution centers have a combined
240,000 square feet, including approximately
20,000 square feet of office space. We expect these
facilities to support our distribution and office capacity needs
for at least the next two years. We intend to use a portion of
the net proceeds from this offering to acquire, lease or
construct and design a new distribution center in fiscal 2006.
We have hired a third party to conduct a site and feasability
study regarding the necessary size and location of a new
facility. After receipt of the report, we will determine whether
to acquire, lease or design and construct a new facility.
39
Quality control reviews of every merchandise receipt are
performed by a dedicated team at the Coleman facility. This team
is also responsible for working with our vendors and
manufacturers to ensure consistent and superior quality across
our private label merchandise, which accounts for approximately
10% of our net sales. Nearly all of our merchandise is purchased
from recognized domestic manufacturers and importers, which
reduces our risk of inadvertently handling counterfeit items.
Information Technology and Systems
We have information systems in place to support each of our
business functions. We purchased our enterprise software from
Island Pacific, a primary software provider to the retail
industry. Our computer platform is an IBM AS400. The Island
Pacific software supports the following business functions:
purchasing, purchase order management, price and markdown
management, distribution, merchandise allocation, general
ledger, accounts payable and sales audit.
The Island Pacific merchandise system captures and reports sales
and inventory by item, by store and by day. This information
allows our merchandising team to evaluate merchandise
performance in considerable detail with high levels of
precision. Over the last four years we have enhanced the
Island Pacific software, particularly to enhance merchandise
allocation and distribution functions. In 2004, we purchased and
installed Buyers Toolbox software to aid our merchandise
planning and allocation functions.
Our stores use point-of-sale software from DataVantage, a
division of MICROS Systems, Inc., to run our store cash
registers. The system uses bar code scanners at checkout to
capture item sales. It also supports end-of-day processing and
automatically transmits sales and transaction data to Savannah
each night. Additionally, the software supports store time clock
and payroll functions. To facilitate marking down and
re-ticketing merchandise, employees in our stores use hand-held
scanners that read the correct item price and prepare new price
tickets for merchandise. Our DataVantage software also enables
us to sort and review transaction data, generate exception and
other database reporting to assist in loss prevention.
In 2005, we plan to complete installation of the latest upgrade
to the DataVantage software. The new software will enable
improved and less costly telecommunications between stores and
our Fahm Street facility. The upgrade will also provide improved
credit and debit card processing, gift card capability, store
e-mail and more reliable data transmissions to our home office
systems.
We believe that our information systems, with upgrades and
updates over time, are adequate to support our operations for
the foreseeable future. Additionally, we recently upgraded our
website to enable Internet sales of selected urban branded
apparel provided by third parties. We will earn commissions on
these sales.
Competition
The markets we serve are highly competitive. The principal
methods of competition in our retail business are fashion,
assortment, pricing and presentation. We believe we have a
competitive advantage in our offering of fashionable brands at
everyday low prices. We compete against a diverse group of
retailers including national off-price retailers, mass
merchants, smaller specialty retailers and dollar stores. The
off-price retail companies that we compete with include The TJX
Companies, Burlington Coat Factory and Ross Stores. In
particular, TJXs A.J. Wright stores target moderate
income consumers. Ross Stores, Inc. has recently launched a
similar concept targeting lower income consumers, called
dds DISCOUNTS. We believe our strategy of appealing to
African-American consumers and offering urban apparel products
allows us to compete successfully with these retailers. We also
believe we offer a more inviting store format than the off-price
retailers with carpeted floors and more prominently displayed
brands. We also compete with a group of smaller specialty
retailers that only sell womens products, such as Rainbow,
Dots, Fashion Cents, Its Fashions and Simply Fashions. Our
mass merchant competitors include Wal-Mart and Kmart. These
chains do not focus on fashion apparel and, within their apparel
offering, lack the urban focus that we believe differentiates
our offering and appeals to our core customers. Similarly, while
some of the dollar store chains offer apparel, they typically
offer a more limited selection focused on basic apparel needs.
40
Intellectual Property
We regard our trademarks and service marks as having significant
value and as being important to our marketing efforts. We have
registered the Citi Trends trademark with the
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on the Principal Register
as both a trademark for retail department store services and as
a trademark for clothing. We have also registered the following
trademarks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on the
Principal Register: Citi Club, Citi
Knights, Citi Nite, Citi Steps,
Citi Trends Fashion for Less, Citi
Women, CT Sport, Diva Blue,
Univer Soul and Vintage Harlem. We also
have applications pending with the U.S. Patent and
Trademark Office on the Principal Register for the following
trademarks: Citi Express,
Lil Citi Man, Lil Ms Hollywood
and Urban Sophistication. Our policy is
to pursue registration of our marks and to oppose
vigorously infringement of our marks.
Properties
All our existing 208 stores, totaling approximately
2.2 million gross square feet, are leased under operating
leases. Additionally, as of March 31, 2005, we have signed
leases for nineteen new stores to be opened during fiscal 2005
aggregating approximately 247,748 total gross square feet. Our
typical store lease is for five years with an option to
extend our lease term for an additional five-year period, and
all but one lease requires us to pay percentage rent and
increases in specified site-related charges. Nearly all of our
store leases provide us the right to cancel following an initial
three-year period in the event the store does not meet
pre-determined sales levels.
We own an approximately 170,000 square foot facility
located on Fahm Street in Savannah, Georgia, that serves as our
headquarters and one of our two distribution centers. This
facility is financed under a mortgage with a remaining principal
balance of $1.5 million that is due in July 2007. We intend
to repay this mortgage with a portion of the proceeds from this
offering. We currently lease the land and building for our other
distribution center located on Coleman Boulevard. The lease for
this distribution center expires in September 2006, with options
to renew for up to three more years. In addition, we currently
lease 1,200 square feet in New York City, which is used for
buyer operations and meetings with vendors.
Employees
As of January 29, 2005, we had approximately
800 full-time and approximately 1,000 part-time
employees. Of these employees, approximately 1,500 are employed
in our stores and the remainder are employed in our distribution
centers and corporate offices. We are not a party to any
collective bargaining agreements, and none of our employees is
represented by a labor union.
Legal Proceedings
We are from time to time involved in various legal proceedings
incidental to the conduct of our business, including claims by
our customers, employees or former employees. We are currently
the defendant in two putative collective action lawsuits
commenced by former employees, under the Fair Labor Standards
Act. The plaintiff in each of the lawsuits is represented by the
same law firm, and both suits are pending in the Montgomery
County District Court of the United States for the Middle
District of Alabama, Northern Division. A female employee who
represents, the class who is a former manager-in-training,
claims she was misclassified as an exempt employee under the
Fair Labor Standards Act and that she worked significant
overtime for which she has not been compensated. She is seeking
unpaid compensation and benefits, liquidated damages, attorneys
fees, costs and injunctive relief. A female employee who
represents the class, who is a former sales associate, claims
the Company has a policy of requiring its associates to work off
the clock in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act and that
she was forced to work off the clock and has not been
compensated for her straight time or overtime. She is also
seeking unpaid compensation and benefits, liquidated damages,
attorneys fees, costs and injunctive relief. To date, five
people have opted in to the class. Each of the cases is in its
early stages, and we are in the process of evaluating the claims
made. While our review of the allegations is preliminary, we
believe that our business practices are, and were during the
relevant periods, in compliance with the law. We plan to defend
these suits vigorously.
41
Management
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information regarding our
executive officers and directors, as well as our nominees for
our board of directors pending the closing of this offering, and
their ages:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
|
|
|
|
|
R. Edward Anderson
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
George A. Bellino*
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
President, Chief Merchandising Officer and Director |
Thomas W. Stoltz
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
James A. Dunn
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
Vice President of Store Operations |
Gregory P. Flynn
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors |
Laurens M. Goff*
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
Director |
John S. Lupo
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
Director |
Tracy L. Noll
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
Director |
**
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director Nominee |
|
|
|
|
* |
Will resign from our board of directors upon the consummation of
this offering. |
|
|
** |
Will join our board of directors upon the consummation of this
offering. |
Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors
will consist of five members. After this offering we expect to
restructure our board of directors and
appoint as
an independent director. In connection with this restructuring,
we expect that two of our current directors,
Messrs. Bellino and Goff, will resign upon the consummation
of this offering.
R. Edward Anderson. Mr. Anderson has
served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a director since
December 2001. Prior to his current responsibilities,
Mr. Anderson served as Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Variety Wholesalers, our previous owner,
from December 1997 to December 2001. From 1978 to 1994,
Mr. Anderson served as Chief Financial Officer of
Roses Stores, Inc., a discount retailer. In August 1994,
Mr. Anderson was promoted to Chief Executive Officer and
served in this position until December 1997. Mr. Anderson
also served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of
Roses Stores, Inc. from August 1994 to December 1997.
George A. Bellino. Mr. Bellino has served as
our President and Chief Merchandising Officer since December
2001 and has served as a director since April 1999.
Mr. Bellino served as our Chief Executive Officer and
President from April 1999 to December 2001. From June 1992 to
December 1996, Mr. Bellino served as the Vice President of
Merchandising at Pennsylvania Fashions, a privately held
off-price apparel chain. From June 1990 to October 1991,
Mr. Bellino served as President of General Textiles/ Family
Bargain Center, a retail apparel chain.
Thomas W. Stoltz. Mr. Stoltz has served as our
Chief Financial Officer since September 2000. From January 1999
to August 2000, Mr. Stoltz served as Chief Financial
Officer of Sharon Luggage and Gifts, a privately held retailer.
From August 1996 to December 1998, Mr. Stoltz served as the
Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance of Factory
Card Outlet, a greeting card retailer. Mr. Stoltz is a
certified public accountant licensed in North Carolina and a
member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
James A. Dunn. Mr. Dunn has served as our Vice
President of Store Operations since April 2001. From January to
April 2001, Mr. Dunn was our Director of Training and
Development and from January 2000 to January 2001 was one of our
Regional Managers. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dunn was a
Store Manager at Staples from January 1999 to December 2000.
Prior to that Mr. Dunn was a Regional Manager at Dress Barn
where he supervised 77 stores and 10 district sales managers
with an annualized sales volume of $63.0 million.
Gregory P. Flynn. Mr. Flynn has served as our
Chairman of the board of directors since 2001 and as a member of
the compensation committee since 2001. Mr. Flynn is
currently a Managing Partner of Hampshire Equity
42
Partners II, L.P. and Hampshire Equity Partners III,
L.P. and has been associated with Hampshire since 1996.
Hampshire Equity Partners and certain of its affiliates are
selling stockholders in this offering. From 1994 to 1996,
Mr. Flynn served as a Managing Partner of ING Equity
Partners, L.P.
Laurens M. Goff. Mr. Goff has served as a
director since September 2003 and as a member of the audit
committee. Mr. Goff is currently a Principal of Hampshire
Equity Partners II, L.P. and Hampshire Equity
Partners III, L.P. and has been employed by Hampshire since
August 1998. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. Goff served as an
analyst of Furman Selz LLC.
John S. Lupo. Mr. Lupo has served as a director
since May 2003, and is the Chairman of the compensation
committee. Mr. Lupo is a principal in the consulting firm
Renaissance Partners, LLC, which he joined in February 2000.
From November 1998 until December 1999, Mr. Lupo served as
Executive Vice President of Basset Furniture. From October 1996
until October 1998, Mr. Lupo served as the Chief Operating
Officer of the International Division of Wal-Mart Stores Inc.,
and from September 1990 until September 1996, Mr. Lupo served as
Senior Vice President and General Merchandise Manager of
Wal-Mart Stores Inc. Mr. Lupo is a director for Rayovac Corp, a
public reporting company, and serves on their Compensation and
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committees.
Tracy L. Noll. Mr. Noll has served as a
director since July 2000 and is the current Chairman of the
audit committee. Mr. Noll is currently a private investor based
in Dallas, Texas. He served as President and Chief Operating
Officer of National Dairy Holdings, L.P. from April 2001 to
September 2003. He served as Executive Vice President of Suiza
Foods Corporation, a public reporting company, from September
1994 until March 2001, including serving as Chief Financial
Officer from September 1994 until July 1997. He served as Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Morningstar Foods Inc.,
a public reporting company, from April 1988 until June 1994. Mr.
Noll currently serves as a Director and is Chairman of the Audit
Committee of Reddy Ice Group, Inc., a public reporting company.
Mr. Noll also serves as a Director of Lakeview Farms Inc., a
privately held company.
Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of the
board of directors and holds office until his successor is
elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or
removal. There are no family relationships among any of our
directors or executive officers.
Board of Directors Composition After the Offering
Our board of directors currently consists of six directors.
Following this offering, our board of directors will be divided
into three classes and will consist of five directors,
three of which will be independent under the rules
of the Nasdaq National Market, including Messrs. Anderson,
Flynn, Noll and Lupo and the director nominee. Upon consummation
of the offering, Mr. Flynn will be the only Hampshire
Equity Partners nominated director. We intend to avail ourselves
of the transition periods provided for under the applicable
rules of the Nasdaq National Market for issuers listing in
conjunction with their initial public offering. Although we
ultimately intend to satisfy all Nasdaq corporate governance
rules, immediately after the consummation of the offering, we
intend to avail ourselves of the Nasdaq rule 4350(c)
controlled company exception that applies to
companies where more than 50% of the stockholder voting power is
held by an individual, a group or another company due to
Hampshire Equity Partners ownership interest and voting
power described under Principal and Selling
Stockholders. This rule will grant us an exception from
the requirements that we have a majority of independent
directors on our board of directors and that our compensation
and nominating and corporate governance committees be comprised
entirely of independent directors. However, we intend to comply
with the independence rules of the Nasdaq National Market in the
event Hampshires ownership falls below 50%.
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation
will divide our board into three classes having staggered terms,
with one of such classes being elected each year for a new
three-year term. Class I directors will have an initial
term expiring in 2006, Class II directors will have an
initial term expiring in 2007 and Class III directors will
have an initial term expiring in 2008. Class I will be
comprised of
Mr. .
Class II will be comprised of Messrs. Noll and Lupo.
Class III will be comprised of Messrs. Flynn and Anderson.
In connection with this offering, we will enter into a
nominating agreement with Hampshire Equity Partners pursuant to
which we, acting through our nominating and corporate governance
committee, will agree, subject to
43
the requirements of our directors fiduciary duties, that
(i) Hampshire Equity Partners will be entitled to designate
two directors to be nominated for election to our board of
directors as long as Hampshire Equity Partners owns in the
aggregate at least 40% of the shares of our common stock which
it owned immediately prior to the consummation of this offering
or (ii) Hampshire Equity Partners will be entitled to
designate one director to be nominated for election to our board
of directors as long as Hampshire Equity Partners owns in the
aggregate less than 40% and at least 15% of the shares of our
common stock which it owned immediately prior to the
consummation of this offering. If at any time Hampshire Equity
Partners owns less than 15% of the shares of our common stock
which it owned immediately prior to the consummation of this
offering, it will not have the right to nominate any directors
for election to our board of directors. See Related Party
TransactionsNominating Agreement.
Board of Director Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a
compensation committee. Upon the consummation of this offering,
we will create a nominating and corporate governance committee.
The audit committee, currently consisting of Messrs. Noll
and Goff, reviews our internal accounting procedures and
consults with and reviews the services provided by our
independent registered public accountants. Mr. Noll is the
current Chairman of the audit committee and qualifies as an
audit committee financial expert for purposes of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act. Upon the consummation of this offering and after
Mr. Goffs anticipated resignation, we anticipate that
our audit committee will consist of two independent directors,
with Mr. Noll as the chairman. Following this offering, the
principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee
will be to:
|
|
|
|
|
have direct responsibility for the selection, compensation,
retention, replacement and oversight of the work of our
independent auditors, including prescribing what services are
allowable and approve in advance all services provided by the
auditors; |
|
|
|
set clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of
the independent auditors; |
|
|
|
review all proposed company hires formerly employed by the
independent auditors; |
|
|
|
have direct responsibility for ensuring its receipt from the
independent auditors at least annually of a formal written
statement delineating all relationships between the auditor and
us, consistent with Independence Standards Board Standard
No. 1; |
|
|
|
discuss with the independent directors any disclosed
relationships or services that may impact the objectivity and
independence of the auditor and for taking, or recommending that
the full board of directors take, appropriate action to oversee
the independence of the independent auditor; |
|
|
|
discuss with the internal auditors and the independent auditors
the overall scope and plans for their respective audits
including the adequacy of staffing, compensation and resources; |
|
|
|
review, at least annually, the results and scope of the audit
and other services provided by our independent auditors and
discuss any audit problems or difficulties and managements
response; |
|
|
|
review our annual audited financial statement and quarterly
financial statements and discuss the statements with management
and the independent auditors (including disclosures in our
Exchange Act reports in response to Item 303,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations of
Regulation S-K); |
|
|
|
review and discuss with management, the internal auditors and
the independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of our
internal controls, including our ability to monitor and manage
business risk, legal and ethical compliance programs and
financial reporting; |
|
|
|
review and discuss separately with the internal auditors and the
independent auditors, with and without management present, the
results of their examinations; |
|
|
|
review our compliance with legal and regulatory independence; |
44
|
|
|
|
|
review and discuss our interim financial statements and the
earnings press releases prior to the filing of our quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, as well as financial information and
earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies; |
|
|
|
review and discuss our risk assessment and risk management
policies; |
|
|
|
prepare an audit committee report required by the Securities and
Exchange Commission to be included in our annual proxy statement; |
|
|
|
engage independent counsel and other advisors to assist the
audit committee in carrying out its duties; |
|
|
|
review and approve all related party transactions consistent
with the rules applied to companies listed on the Nasdaq
National Market; and |
|
|
|
establish procedures regarding complaints received by us or our
employees regarding accounting, accounting controls or
accounting matters. |
The audit committee will be required to report regularly to our
board of directors to discuss any issues that arise with respect
to the quality or integrity of our financial statements, our
compliance with legal or regulatory requirements, the
performance and independence of our independent auditors, or the
performance of the internal audit function.
The compensation committee, consisting of Messrs. Lupo and
Flynn, reviews and determines the compensation and benefits of
all of our officers, establishes and reviews general policies
relating to the compensation and benefits of all of our
employees, and administers our long-term incentive plan. Upon
the consummation of this offering, we anticipate that our
compensation committee will consist of two independent
directors, with Mr. Lupo as the chairman. Following this
offering the principal duties and responsibilities of our
compensation committee will be to:
|
|
|
|
|
review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to
our Chief Executive Officers and other named executive
officers compensation; |
|
|
|
evaluate the Chief Executive Officers performance in light
of these goals and objectives; |
|
|
|
either as a committee, or together with the other independent
directors, determine and approve the Chief Executive
Officers compensation; |
|
|
|
make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the
salaries, incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans
for our employees; and |
|
|
|
produce a compensation committee report on executive
compensation as required by the Commission to be included in our
annual proxy statements or annual reports on Form 10-K
filed with the Commission. |
|
|
|
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation |
Prior to establishing the compensation committee, the board of
directors as a whole performed the functions delegated to the
compensation committee. No member of our current compensation
committee serves or has ever served as one of our officers or
employees. None of our executive officers serves or has ever
served as a member of the board of directors or compensation
committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers
serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
|
|
|
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee |
Upon the consummation of this offering, we will create a
nominating and corporate governance committee. We anticipate
that our nominating and corporate governance committee will
consist of two independent directors. We anticipate that the
principal duties and responsibilities of our nominating and
corporate governance committee will be to:
|
|
|
|
|
identify individuals qualified to become board members,
consistent with criteria approved by the board of directors; |
|
|
|
recommend the individuals identified be selected as nominees at
annual meetings of our stockholders; |
45
|
|
|
|
|
develop and recommend to the board of directors a set of
corporate governance principles applicable to us; and |
|
|
|
oversee the evaluation of the board of directors and management. |
Upon the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a written
code of ethics applicable to our directors, officers and
employees in accordance with the rules of the Nasdaq National
Market and the Commission. Our code of ethics will be designed
to deter wrongdoing and to promote:
|
|
|
|
|
honest and ethical conduct; |
|
|
|
full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in
reports and documents that we file with the Commission and in
our other public communications; |
|
|
|
compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations,
including insider trading compliance; and |
|
|
|
accountability for adherence to the code and prompt internal
reporting of violations of the code, including illegal or
unethical behavior regarding accounting or auditing practices. |
After this offering, we will make our code available on our
website at www.cititrends.com.
Director Compensation
Our independent directors currently receive a $20,000 annual
retainer and an annual award of options as compensation from us
for their services as members of the board of directors. On
March 10, 2004 each of Messrs. Lupo and Noll received
options to purchase 100 shares of our common stock and such
options are exercisable at an exercise price of $170 per
share. We reimburse all of our directors for out-of-pocket
expenses in connection with attendance at board of directors and
committee meetings. After this offering, we expect that our
independent directors will receive an annual fee of
$ for
serving as directors.
Executive Compensation
The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation
paid during fiscal 2004 to our Chief Executive Officer and our
four most highly compensated executive officers, together
referred to as our named executive officers:
Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term |
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation(1) |
|
Compensation |
|
All |
|
|
|
|
Securities |
|
Other |
Name and Principal Position |
|
Fiscal Year |
|
Salary |
|
Bonus |
|
Underlying Options |
|
Compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R. Edward Anderson
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
$ |
327,693 |
|
|
$ |
144,000 |
|
|
|
$619 |
|
|
$ |
2,837 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
George A. Bellino
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
$ |
248,077 |
|
|
$ |
114,000 |
|
|
$ |
1,342 |
|
|
$ |
2,525 |
|
|
President and Chief |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merchandising Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas W. Stoltz
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
$ |
173,769 |
|
|
$ |
40,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James A. Dunn
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
$ |
140,769 |
|
|
$ |
39,900 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$885 |
|
|
Vice President of Store Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Excludes perquisites and other benefits, which for each named
individual are less than 10% of the sum of such
individuals annual salary and bonus. |
46
Stock Option Grants
The following table contains summary information regarding stock
option grants made during fiscal 2004 by us to the named
executive officers. We also granted stock options to purchase
shares of common stock to certain of our employees and to our
current stockholders, including Hampshire Equity Partners. All
options were granted at fair market value of our common stock,
as determine by our board of directors, on the grant date.
Option Grants In Last Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Realizable Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at Assumed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rates of Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price |
|
|
|
|
% of Total Options |
|
|
|
|
|
Appreciation for |
|
|
Number of Securities |
|
Granted to |
|
Exercise |
|
|
|
Option Term(1) |
|
|
Underlying Options |
|
Employees in |
|
Price Per |
|
Expiration |
|
|
Name |
|
Granted |
|
Fiscal Year |
|
Share |
|
Date |
|
5% |
|
10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R. Edward Anderson
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10/30/14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
George A. Bellino
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10/30/14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas W. Stoltz
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James A. Dunn
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Potential realizable value is based upon the assumed initial
public offering price of our common stock of
$ .
Potential realizable values are net of exercise price, but
before taxes associated with exercise. Amounts representing
hypothetical gains are those that could be achieved if options
are exercised at the end of the option term. The assumed 5% and
10% rates of stock price appreciation are provided in accordance
with rules of the Commission, based on the assumed initial
public offering price of
$ per share and
do not represent our estimate or projection of the future stock
price. |
Year-End Option Values
The following table provides information about the number and
value of unexercised options to purchase common stock held on
January 29, 2005 by the named executive officers. There was
no public market for our common stock on January 29, 2004.
Accordingly, we have calculated the values of the unexercised
options on the basis of an assumed initial public offering price
of
$ per
share, less the applicable exercise price, multiplied by the
number of shares acquired upon exercise. None of the named
executive officers exercised any stock options in fiscal 2004.
Fiscal Year End Option Values
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities Underlying |
|
|
|
|
Unexercised Options at Fiscal Year |
|
Value of Unexercised |
|
|
End |
|
In-the-Money Options(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Total |
|
Exercisable |
|
Unexercisable |
|
Exercisable |
|
Unexercisable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R. Edward Anderson
|
|
|
16,827 |
|
|
|
16,827 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
George A. Bellino
|
|
|
13,904 |
|
|
|
13,904 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas W. Stoltz
|
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
|
3,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James A. Dunn
|
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
1,975 |
|
|
|
525 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,231 |
|
|
|
35,706 |
|
|
|
525 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The options were granted under our Amended and Restated
1999 Stock Option Plan. These options generally vest in
equal installments over four years from the date of grant and
are generally exercisable up to ten years from the date of
grant. The fair value of the options granted during the year
ended January 31, 2004 was $34.18 using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model, with weighted average assumptions: no
dividend yield; 50% expected volatility; 2.50% risk-free
interest rate; ten year expected life and a 10% forfeiture rate. |
2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Prior to the consummation of the offering, we anticipate that
our board of directors and stockholders will adopt the 2005
Long-Term Incentive Plan to replace our Amended and Restated
1999 Stock Option Plan. The 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan will
enable our key employees and directors to acquire and maintain
stock ownership,
47
thereby strengthening their commitment to our success and their
desire to remain with us, focusing their attention on managing
as an equity owner and aligning their interests with those of
our stockholders. In addition, the plan is intended to attract
and retain key employees, which, together with the key
directors, we refer to collectively as eligible persons, and to
provide incentives and rewards for superior performance that
will ultimately lead to our profitable growth. The plan will be
approved by our stockholders prior to the completion of this
offering. As
of ,
2005, options to purchase up
to shares
of our common stock remain outstanding under the option plan.
Upon adoption of the new plan, the Amended and Restated 1999
Stock Option Plan will be terminated and no additional options
will be granted under that plan.
The principal features of our incentive plan are described in
summary form below.
|
|
|
Shares Subject to the Plan |
The incentive plan provides that no more
than shares
of our common stock may be issued pursuant to awards under the
incentive plan; provided that, in the aggregate, no more than
50% of the total shares of our common stock can be made the
subject of an award other than as options under the incentive
plan. These shares of our common stock will be authorized but
unissued shares in such amounts as determined by the board of
directors. However, the amount of shares of our common stock
granted to an individual in any calendar year period can not
exceed 5% of the total number of reserved shares of common
stock. Also, in any calendar year period, the maximum dollar
amount of cash or the fair market value of common stock that any
individual can receive in connection with performance units can
not exceed $2.5 million. The number of shares of our common
stock available for awards, as well as the terms of outstanding
awards, are subject to adjustment as provided in the incentive
plan for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations,
mergers, consolidations, liquidations, changes in corporate
structure and other similar events. Awards that may be granted
under the incentive plan include stock options, stock
appreciation rights (SARs), restricted shares, performance
units, performance shares and directors shares. Upon the
granting of an award to an individual, the number of shares of
common stock available shall be reduced depending on the type of
award granted, as provided in the incentive plan.
The shares of our common stock subject to any award that
expires, terminates or is cancelled, is settled in cash, or is
forfeited or becomes unexercisable, will again be available for
subsequent awards, except as prohibited by law.
Either our board of directors or a committee appointed by our
board directors may administer the incentive plan. We refer to
our board of directors and any committee exercising discretion
under the incentive plan from time to time as the committee.
With respect to decisions involving an award to a reporting
person within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange
Act, the committee is to consist of two or more directors who
are disinterested within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under
the Exchange Act. With respect to decisions involving an award
intended to satisfy the requirements of section 162(m) of
the Internal Revenue Code, the committee is to consist solely of
two or more directors who are outside directors for
purposes of that code section. We currently expect that our
compensation committee will administer the incentive plan.
Subject to the terms of the incentive plan, the committee has
express authority to determine the eligible persons who will
receive awards, when such awards will be granted, the number of
shares of our common stock, units, or SARs to be covered by each
award, the relationship between awards and the terms and
conditions of awards. The committee has broad discretion to
prescribe, amend, and rescind rules relating to the incentive
plan and its administration, to interpret and construe the
incentive plan and the terms of all award agreements, and to
take all actions necessary or advisable to administer the
incentive plan. Within the limits of the incentive plan, the
committee may accelerate the vesting of any awards, allow the
exercise of unvested awards, and may modify, replace, cancel, or
renew them.
The incentive plan provides that the determination of the
committee on all matters relating to awards and the incentive
plan are final. The incentive plan also releases members of the
committee from liability for good faith actions associated with
the administration of the incentive plan.
48
The committee may grant options that are intended to qualify as
incentive stock options, which we refer to as ISOs, only to
employees, and may grant all other awards to employees or any
nonemployee director. The incentive plan and the discussion
below use the term grantee to refer to an eligible
person who has received an award under the incentive plan.
Although the incentive plan provides the general provisions of
our available awards, upon the determination by the committee of
the type and amount of award to be granted to a grantee, the
eligible grantee will enter into an agreement with us specifying
the specific terms of the award to be granted. Each type of
award (i.e., stock option, restricted share, performance units
and performance shares) is governed by a separate agreement that
describes the respective terms governing such award, such as the
exercise date, term and expiration, restrictions, value, form
and timing of payment.
Stock options granted under the incentive plan provide grantees
with the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a
predetermined exercise price. The committee may grant stock
options that are intended to qualify as ISOs, or stock options
that are not intended to so qualify, which we refer to as
non-ISOs. The incentive plan also provides that ISO treatment
may not be available for stock options that become first
exercisable in any calendar year to the extent the value of the
underlying shares that are the subject of the stock option
exceed $100,000, based upon the fair market value of the shares
of our common stock on the stock option grant date. Any ISO
shall be granted within ten years from the earlier of the
date the incentive plan is adopted by our board of directors or
the date the incentive plan is approved by our stockholders.
|
|
|
Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) |
A SAR generally permits a grantee to receive, upon exercise,
shares of our common stock equal in value to the excess of
(i) the fair market value, on the date of exercise, of the
shares of our common stock with respect to which the SAR is
being exercised, over (ii) the exercise price of the SAR
for such shares. The committee may grant SARs in tandem with
stock options, or independently of them. The committee has the
discretion to grant SARs to any eligible employee or nonemployee
director.
|
|
|
Exercise Price for Stock Options and SARs |
The exercise price of non-ISOs and SARs may not be less than
100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant
date of the award. The exercise price of ISOs may not be less
than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the
grant date of the award for owners who own more than 10% of our
shares of common stock on the grant date. For ISOs granted to
other participants and for options intended to be exempt from
Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) limitations, the
exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market
value of our common stock on the grant date. With respect to
stock options and SARs, payment of the exercise price may be
made in any of the following forms, or combination of them:
shares of unrestricted stock held by the grantee for at least
six months (or a lesser period as determined by the
committee) prior to the exercise of the option or SAR, based
upon its fair market value on the day preceding the date of
exercise, or through simultaneous sale through a broker of
unrestricted stock acquired on exercise. The exercise price of
any option and SAR must be determined by the committee no later
than the date of grant of such option or SAR and the exercise
price shall be paid in full at the time of the exercise.
|
|
|
Exercise and Term of Options and SARs |
The committee will determine the times, circumstances and
conditions under which a stock option or SAR may be exercisable.
Unless provided otherwise in the applicable award agreement,
each option or SAR shall be exercisable in one or more
installments commencing on or after the first anniversary of the
grant date; provided, however, that all options or SARs shall
become fully vested and exercisable upon a change of control, as
defined in the incentive plan. To the extent exercisable in
accordance with the agreement granting them, a stock option or
SAR may be exercised in whole or in part, and from time to time
during its term, subject to earlier termination relating to a
holders termination of employment or service as may be
determined by the committee at the time of the grant. The term
during which grantees may exercise stock options and SARs may
not exceed ten years from the date of grant or five years
in the case of ISOs granted to employees who, at the time of
grant, own more than 10% of our outstanding shares of common
stock; provided that, an option (excluding ISOs) may, upon the
death
49
of the holder of such option, be exercised for up to one year
following the date of the holders death, even if the
period extends beyond the ten year limit.
Options and SARs granted to nonemployee directors will be
exercisable with respect to one-third of the underlying shares
on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the
grant date and will have a term of not more than ten years.
If a nonemployee director ceases to serve as a director, any
option or SAR granted to such director shall be exercisable
during its remaining term, to the extent that the option or SAR
was exercisable on the date the nonemployee director ceased to
be a director.
Under the incentive plan, the committee may grant restricted
shares that are forfeitable until certain vesting requirements
are met. For restricted shares, the incentive plan provides the
committee with discretion to determine the per share purchase
price of such shares, which can not be less than the minimum
consideration (as defined in the incentive plan generally as the
par value of a share of common stock), and the terms and
conditions under which a grantees interests in such awards
become vested. The incentive plan also provides the committee
with discretion to determine whether the payment of dividends
declared on the shares should be deferred and held by us until
restrictions on the shares lapse, whether dividends should be
reinveseted in additional shares of restricted shares subject to
certain restrictions and terms, whether interest will be
credited to the account of such holder for dividends not
reinvested and whether dividends issued on the restricted shares
should be treated as additional restricted shares. Payment of
the purchase price for shares of restricted stock shall be made
in full by the grantee before the delivery of such shares and,
in any event, no later than ten days after the grant date
for such shares. This payment may be made in cash or, with prior
approval of the committee and subject to certain conditions,
shares of restricted or unrestricted stock owned by the grantee.
Under the incentive plan, the committee has discretion to
provide in the award agreement that all or any portion of a
grantees award of restricted shares shall be forfeited
(a) upon the grantees termination of employment
within a specified time period, (b) if specified
performance goals are not satisfied by us or the grantee within
a specified time period or (c) if any other listed
restriction in the governing award agreement is not satisfied.
If a share of restricted stock is forfeited, then the grantee
shall be deemed to have resold such share to us at a specified
price, we shall pay the grantee the amount due as soon as
possible, but no later than 90 days after forfeiture, and
the share of restricted stock shall cease to be outstanding.
The incentive plan authorizes the committee to grant
performance-based awards in the form of performance units and
performance shares that are performance compensation
awards that are intended to be exempt from Internal
Revenue Code Section 162(m) limitations unless otherwise
designated in the applicable award agreement. In either case,
unless otherwise specified in the award agreement, upon the
achievement, within the specified period of time, of the
performance objectives, a performance unit shall be deemed
exercised on the date on which it first becomes exercisable.
Performance units are payable in cash or restricted stock,
except that the committee may decide to pay benefits wholly or
partly in stock delivered to the grantee or credited to a
specified brokerage account. For performance shares, unless
otherwise specified in the award agreement or by the committee,
upon the achievement within the specified period of time of the
performance objectives, grantees shall be awarded shares of
restricted stock or common stock, unless the committee decides
to pay cash in lieu of stock, based upon the number of
percentage shares specified in the award agreement multiplied by
the performance percentage achieved. The committee decides the
length of performance periods, but the periods may not be less
than one year nor more than 5 years. Any performance shares
with respect to which the performance goals have not been
achieved at the end of the performance period shall expire.
With respect to performance compensation awards, the incentive
plan requires that the committee specify in writing the
performance period to which the award relates, and an objective
formula by which to measure whether and the extent to which the
award is earned on the basis of the level of performance
achieved with respect to one or more performance measures. Once
established for a performance period, the performance measures
and performance formula applicable to the award may not be
amended or modified in a manner that would cause the
compensation payable under the award to fail to constitute
performance-based compensation under Internal Revenue Code
Section 162(m).
50
Under the incentive plan, the possible performance measures to
be used by the committee for performance compensation awards
include stock price, basic, earnings per share, operating
income, return on equity or assets, cash flow, earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, revenues,
overall revenues or sales growth, expense reduction or
management, market position, total income, return on net assets,
economic value added, stockholder value added, cash flow return
on investment, net operating profit, net operating profit after
tax, return on capital and return on invested capital. Each
measure will be, to the extent applicable, determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as
consistently applied by us, or such other standard applied by
the committee and, if so determined by the committee, and in the
case of a performance compensation award, to the extent
permitted under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m),
adjusted to reflect the impact of specified corporate
transactions, special charges, foreign currency effects,
accounting or tax law changes and other extraordinary or
nonrecurring events. Performance measures may vary from
performance period to performance period, and from grantee to
grantee, and may be established on a stand-alone basis, in
tandem or in the alternative.
The committee may grant and identify any award with another
award granted under the incentive plan, on terms and conditions
set forth by the committee.
As a condition for the issuance of shares of our common stock
pursuant to awards, the incentive plan requires satisfaction of
any applicable federal, state, local, or foreign withholding tax
obligations that may arise in connection with the award or the
issuance of shares of our common stock.
Unless set forth in the agreement evidencing the award, awards
(other than an award of restricted stock) may not be assigned or
transferred except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution or, in the case of an option other than an ISO,
pursuant to a domestic relations order as defined under
Rule 16a-12 under the Exchange Act. An option may be
exercised during the lifetime of the grantee only by that
grantee or his or her guardian, legal representatives or, except
as would cause an ISO to lose such status, by a bankruptcy
trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the committee may set
forth in the agreement evidencing the award (other than an ISO)
that the award may be transferred to an immediate family member,
or related trust or related partnership. The terms of an award
shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the beneficiaries,
executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the grantee.
Each share of restricted stock shall be non-transferable until
such share becomes non-forfeitable.
|
|
|
Certain Corporate Transactions |
With respect to any award which relates to stock, in the event
of our liquidation or dissolution or merger or consolidation
with another entity, the incentive plan and awards issued
thereunder shall continue in effect in accordance with their
terms, except that following any of these events either
(a) each outstanding award shall be treated as provided for
in the agreement entered into in connection with the event or
(b) if not so provided in the agreement entered into in
connection with the event, a grantee shall be entitled to
receive with respect to each share of stock subject to the
outstanding award, upon the vesting, payment or exercise of the
award the same number and kind of stock, securities, cash,
property, or other consideration that each holder of a share of
stock was entitled to receive in connection with that certain
event.
The applicable award agreement pertaining to each award shall
set forth the terms and conditions applicable to such award upon
a termination of employment of any grantee by us, which, except
for awards granted to nonemployee directors, shall be as the
committee may, in its discretion, determine at the time the
award is granted or thereafter.
Term of Plan; Amendments and
Termination
The term of the incentive plan is ten years
from ,
2005, the date it was approved by our board of directors and
stockholders, or at such earlier time as our board of directors
may determine. Our board of directors may from time to time,
amend or modify the incentive plan without the approval of our
stockholders, unless stockholder approval is required
(a) to retain ISO treatment under the Internal Revenue
Code, (b) to permit
51
transactions in stock under the incentive plan to be exempt from
liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or
(c) under the listing requirements of any securities
exchange on which any of our equity securities are listed.
Governing Law
Except where preempted by federal law, the law of the State of
Georgia shall be controlling in all matters relating to the
incentive plan, without giving effect to the conflicts of law
principles thereof.
Employment Agreements
Set forth below are summaries of all of our employment
agreements and arrangements with our named executive officers.
The following summaries does not contain all of the terms of the
agreements they summarize, and we refer you to the agreements,
which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of
which this prospectus forms a part, for a complete understanding
of the terms thereof. See Where You Can Find More
Information.
Letter Agreement with R. Edward Anderson
In November 2001, we entered into a letter agreement with
Mr. Anderson, pursuant to which Mr. Anderson was
appointed our Chief Executive Officer and member of our board of
directors.
Compensation
The letter agreement provides that Mr. Anderson will
receive an annual base salary of $300,000 (not including
perquisites) and will be eligible to earn a bonus of up to 50%
of his base salary. Mr. Andersons bonus is contingent
upon our obtaining certain financial goals.
At the time he was hired, we granted Mr. Anderson options
to purchase shares of our common stock. These options vest in
equal amounts over four years, subject to accelerated vesting in
the event that we reach targeted financial goals. In the event
that Mr. Anderson is terminated for a reason other than
cause (which term is not defined in the agreement),
we may repurchase any or all of his vested options at fair
market value as determined by our board of directors. In
the event that Mr. Anderson is terminated for
cause, any and all of his vested options will be
cancelled. The agreement does not have a definite term, does not
contain a noncompetition provision and does not provide for the
treatment of unvested options held by Mr. Anderson at the
time of his termination. The agreement provides that all of
Mr. Andersons unvested options will vest upon a
change of control (which term is not defined in the
agreement).
Severance
The letter agreement provides that in the event that
Mr. Anderson is terminated for any reason other than for
cause, he is entitled to severance pay of $150,000
to be paid in arrears over a period of six months.
Amended Employment and Non-Interference Agreement with
George A. Bellino
Term and Termination
In April 1999, we entered into an employment and
non-interference agreement with Mr. Bellino, pursuant to
which Mr. Bellino was appointed our Chief Executive Officer
and President for a period of two years. In December 2001, we
amended certain terms of this employment and non-interference
agreement, one of which was to change Mr. Bellinos
position to Chief Merchandising Officer and President.
Mr. Bellinos amended agreement has a one year term
and is automatically renewed for subsequent twelve-month periods
subject to 90 days prior notice by either party.
Mr. Bellinos amended agreement provides that his
employment may be terminated: (a) upon his death or
disability, (b) by us for cause (described
below), (d) by us for any reason other than those set forth
in (a) or (b) or no reason, which the agreement
defines as no reason, (e) by Mr. Bellino
at will or (f) by Mr. Bellino if we do not satisfy our
obligations under the agreement or materially reduce
Mr. Bellinos duties or change his title without
consent, which the agreement defines as reason.
Cause, as defined in the agreement includes:
|
|
|
|
|
conviction or guilty plea to a serious felony, a crime of moral
turpitude or other specified financial offenses, |
|
|
|
a board determination that Mr. Bellino has committed a
crime of moral turpitude, |
52
|
|
|
|
|
a board determination that Mr. Bellino knowingly breach his
fiduciary obligations to us, subject to notice and a cure period, |
|
|
|
Mr. Bellinos failure to discharge his duties under
the agreement or substance abuse which materially interferes
with the discharge of his duties, subject to notice and a cure
period, |
|
|
|
Mr. Bellinos material violation of any
non-competition or confidentiality agreement with us, |
|
|
|
Mr. Bellinos material violation of any other personal
obligations under his agreement, subject to notice and a cure
period, and |
|
|
|
any other violation of law by Mr. Bellino that could have a
material adverse effect on us, subject to notice and a cure
period. |
Mr. Bellinos agreement provides that if he is
terminated for any reason, he is entitled to receive all accrued
and unpaid salary and benefits, reimbursement of expenses and
continued medical coverage as legally required. In addition, in
the event that Mr. Bellino is terminated (a) upon his
death or disability, (b) by us for no reason or
(c) by him with reason, then Mr. Bellino
is entitled to receive payments, payable over a twelve-month
period, equal to twelve months of his base salary on his
termination date, subject to reduction for any compensation from
other employment during such twelve-month period.
Compensation
Under the agreement, Mr. Bellino receives an annual base
salary of $215,000 (excluding perquisites), subject to review by
the board, and is eligible for a bonus based on our performance.
As provided in the agreement, Mr. Bellinos bonus may
be an amount equal to 35% of his base salary if we reach
targeted financial goals. The agreement also provides for
reimbursement of Mr. Bellinos employment related
expenses by us.
Non-Interference and
Non-Solicitation
During the term of his agreement and for a twelve-month period
after his termination date, Mr. Bellino has agreed not to,
without our consent:
|
|
|
|
|
own, manage, operate, control, invest or acquire an interest in,
or otherwise engage or participate in, whether as a proprietor,
partner, stockholder, lender, director, officer, employee, joint
venturer, investor, lessor, agent, representative or other
participant, in any business which competes with us in any state
where we operate. |
|
|
|
Recruit, solicit or otherwise induce or influence any
proprietor, partner, stockholder, lender, director, officer,
employee, sales agent, joint venturer, investor, lessor,
customer, agent, representative or any other person with a
business relationship with us to discontinue, reduce or modify
their relationship with us. |
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and
Directors
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have
adopted provisions in our second amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws
that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors
for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The
duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of
the corporation, directors exercise an informed business
judgment based on all material information reasonably available
to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable
to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders; |
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
|
|
|
any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or
other distributions or payment of dividends; or |
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit. |
These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of
equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our
second amended and restated certificate of incorporation also
authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other
agents to the full extent permitted under Delaware law.
53
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our
amended and restated bylaws provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
we may indemnify our directors, officers and employees to the
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law, subject to limited exceptions; |
|
|
|
we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees
in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to
limited exceptions; and |
|
|
|
the rights provided in our bylaws are not exclusive. |
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in
which indemnification by us is sought, nor are we aware of any
threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim
for indemnification.
54
Related Party Transactions
Management Consulting Agreement
We are a party to an Amended and Restated Management Consulting
Agreement, or the consulting agreement, effective as of
February 1, 2004 with Hampshire Management Company LLC, or
the consultant, which is an affiliate of the selling
stockholders, pursuant to which it provides us with certain
consulting services related to, but not limited to, our
financial affairs, relationships with our lenders, stockholders
and other third-party associates or affiliates, and the
expansion of our business.
Term and Termination
The consulting agreement has a four year term and is subject to
automatic one year renewals each February 1, subject to
60 days prior notice of termination by either party. In
addition, either party has the right to terminate the consulting
agreement upon 90 days prior notice in the event of
(a) a sale of all or substantially all of our common stock
or assets, (b) a merger or consolidation in which we are
not the surviving corporation or (c) a registered public
offering of our common stock, which includes this offering. It
is expected that both parties to the consulting agreement will
waive any notice requirement for termination upon consummation
of this offering.
Compensation
Under the consulting agreement, we pay the consultant an annual
management fee of $240,000, payable in monthly installments. We
have also agreed to indemnify the consultant, its affiliates and
associates, and each of the respective owners, partners,
officers, directors, members, employees and agents of each, from
and against any loss, liability, damage, claim or expenses
(including the fees and expenses of counsel) relating to their
performance under the consulting agreement. We believe that the
terms of the consulting agreement are comparable to those we
could have obtained from an unaffiliated third party.
Upon the consummation of this offering, the parties shall
terminate the consulting agreement and we will pay the
consultant a termination fee of $1.2 million no later than
December 31, 2005.
Stockholders Agreement
We are party to a Stockholders Agreement, dated as of
April 13, 1999, or the stockholders agreement, with
Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P., George Bellino and
certain management stockholders. Pursuant to the stockholders
agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
four members of our board of directors may be designated by the
owners of the majority of the voting stock beneficially owned by
Hampshire Equity Partners and its affiliates, |
|
|
|
our stockholders have agreed generally not to transfer their
shares, |
|
|
|
our management stockholders have been granted tag-along rights
in the event of the sale of more than 50% of our common stock, |
|
|
|
our management stockholders have agreed to cooperate in any sale
of the company by Hampshire Equity Partners, and |
|
|
|
we have agreed to register shares of our common stock held by
the stockholder parties in the event that we register additional
shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, other than
on a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8, or in
connection with an exchange offer, merger, acquisition, dividend
reinvestment plan, stock option or other employee benefit plan. |
Pursuant to these rights under the stockholders agreement,
Hampshire Equity Partners is entitled to include its shares of
common stock in this registration statement, subject to the
ability of the underwriters to limit the number of shares
included in this offering. Under its terms, all of the
provisions in the stockholders agreement will terminate upon
consummation of this offering other than the registration rights
described in the last bullet point above. In addition, we expect
to terminate the stockholders agreement upon consummation of
this offering.
Registration Rights Agreement
We expect to enter into a new registration rights agreement with
Hampshire Equity Partners, who will
hold shares
of our common stock, or
approximately %
of our shares of common stock on a fully
55
diluted basis following the consummation of this offering.
Pursuant to the terms and provisions of the new registration
rights agreement, Hampshire Equity Partners will have the right
from time to time, subject to certain restrictions, to cause us
to register its shares of common stock for sale under the
Securities Act on Form S-1 or, if available, on
Form S-2, Form S-3 or any similar short-form
registration statement. In addition, if at any time we register
additional shares of common stock, Hampshire Equity Partners
will be entitled to include its shares of common stock in the
registration statement relating to that offering. If our
subsequent registration is made pursuant to an underwritten
offering, Hampshire Equity Partners must sell its registrable
securities to the underwriters selected by us if they choose to
participate in that registration.
Nominating Agreement
In connection with this offering, we will enter into a
nominating agreement with Hampshire Equity Partners pursuant to
which we, acting through our nominating and corporate governance
committee, will agree, subject to the requirements of our
directors fiduciary duties, that (i) Hampshire Equity
Partners will be entitled to designate up to two directors to be
nominated for election to our board of directors as long as
Hampshire Equity Partners owns in the aggregate at least 40% of
the shares of our common stock which it owned immediately prior
to the consummation of this offering or (ii) Hampshire
Equity Partners will be entitled to designate one director to be
nominated for election to our board of directors as long as
Hampshire Equity Partners owns in the aggregate less than 40%
and at least 15% of the shares of our common stock which it
owned immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. If
at any time Hampshire Equity Partners owns less than 15%, it
will not have the right to nominate any directors for election
to our board of directors.
56
Principal and Selling Stockholders
The following table sets forth information known to us with
respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of
March 31, 2005, and as adjusted to reflect the sale
of shares
of common stock by selling stockholders, by the following
persons:
|
|
|
|
|
each stockholder known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of
our common stock; |
|
|
|
each of our directors and named executive officers; |
|
|
|
all directors and executive officers as a group; and |
|
|
|
each of the selling stockholders. |
This table lists applicable percentage ownership based
on shares
of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2005 (including
options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2005),
and also lists applicable percentage ownership based on shares
of common stock outstanding after completion of this offering.
The information in the table is not adjusted for
the -for-one stock
split of our common stock, which will occur simultaneously with
the completion of this offering.
We have determined beneficial ownership in the table in
accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned
by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have
deemed shares of common stock subject to options held by that
person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable
within 60 days of March 31, 2005 to be outstanding,
but we have not deemed these shares to be outstanding for
computing the percentage ownership of any other person. To our
knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes below, each
stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and
investment power with respect to all shares of common stock
shown as beneficially owned by that stockholder. Unless
otherwise indicated, the address of all listed stockholders is
c/o Citi Trends, Inc., 102 Fahm Street, Savannah, Georgia
31401.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Percentage |
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
|
Beneficially |
|
of Shares |
|
Percentage of |
|
|
Beneficially |
|
Number of |
|
Owned |
|
Outstanding |
|
Shares |
|
|
Owned Prior |
|
Shares Being |
|
After the |
|
Before the |
|
Outstanding After |
Name of Beneficial Owner |
|
to the Offering |
|
Offered |
|
Offering |
|
Offering |
|
the Offering |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R. Edward Anderson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
George A. Bellino
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas W. Stoltz
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James A. Dunn
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tracy L. Noll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John S. Lupo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory P. Flynn
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Laurens Goff
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and executive officers as a group (eight persons) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5% Stockholder:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P.
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The address of Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P. is 625
Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022. Lexington Equity
Partners II, L.P., or Lexington L.P., is the general
partner of Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P. and has
ultimate voting and investment control over our common stock.
The general partner of Lexington L.P. is Lexington Equity
Partners II, Inc., or Lexington Inc. Tracey Rudd, an
employee of Hampshire Equity Partners, is the President of
Lexington Inc. and Mr. Flynn, one of our directors, is the Vice
President of Lexington Inc. |
57
Description of Capital Stock
General
Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to
issue shares
of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and shares
of undesignated
preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. The following
description of our capital stock does not purport to be complete
and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, our second
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended
and restated by-laws, which we have included as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Common Stock
Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may
apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the
holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to
receive dividends out of assets legally available at the time
and in the amounts as our board of directors may from time to
time determine.
Voting Rights. Each common stockholder is entitled
to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters
submitted to a vote of stockholders. Cumulative voting for the
election of directors is not provided for in our certificate of
incorporation, which means that the holders of a majority of the
shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for
election.
No Preemptive or Similar Rights. No holder of our
common stock is entitled to preemptive rights to subscribe for
any shares of capital stock and our common stock is not subject
to conversion or redemption.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions. Upon our
liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally
available for distribution to our stockholders are distributable
ratably among the holders of our common stock and any
participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, after
payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding
preferred stock and payment of other claims of creditors. Each
outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common
stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will
be, fully paid and nonassessable.
Preferred Stock
Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of, and no
securities convertible into, our preferred stock will be
outstanding.
Upon the closing of this offering, under our second amended and
restated certificate of incorporation our board of directors
will be authorized, subject to the limits imposed by the
Delaware General Corporation Law, but without further action by
our stockholders to issue shares of preferred stock in one or
more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares
to be included in each series, to fix the rights, preferences
and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and
any of its qualifications, limitations and restrictions. Our
board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of
any series, but not below the number of shares of that series
then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our
stockholders.
Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred
stock with voting or conversion rights that adversely affect the
voting power or other rights of our common stockholders. The
issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in
connection with possible acquisitions, financings and other
corporate purposes, could have the effect of delaying, deferring
or preventing our change in control and may cause the market
price of our common stock to decline or impair the voting and
other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no
current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Various Provisions of the Delaware
General Corporation Law and Our Second Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and Our Amended and Restated
By-laws
Provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our second
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our
amended and restated by-laws contain provisions that may have
some anti-takeover effects and may delay, defer or prevent a
tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might
consider in its best interest, including those attempts that
might result in a premium over the market price for the shares
held by stockholders.
58
Delaware Anti-Takeover
Statute
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Subject to specific exceptions,
Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation
from engaging in a business combination with an
interested stockholder for a period of three years
after the time the person became an interested stockholder,
unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the business combination, or the transaction in which the
stockholder became an interested stockholder, is approved by our
board of directors prior to the time the interested stockholder
attained that status; |
|
|
|
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced,
excluding those shares owned by persons who are directors and
also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee
participants do not have the right to determine confidentially
whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a
tender or exchange offer; or |
|
|
|
at or after the time a person became an interested stockholder,
the business combination is approved by our board of directors
and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders
by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested
stockholder. |
Business combinations include mergers, asset sales
and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the
interested stockholder. Subject to various exceptions, in
general an interested stockholder is a person who,
together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns, or
within three years did own, 15% or more of the shares of the
corporations outstanding voting stock. These restrictions
could prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers or other
takeover or change in control attempts with respect to us and,
therefore, may discourage attempts to acquire us.
In addition, provisions of our second amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws,
which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have an
anti-takeover effect.
Classified Board of Directors. Our amended and
restated charter will divide our board into three classes having
staggered terms, with one of such classes being elected each
year for a new three-year term. Class I directors will have
an initial term expiring in 2006, Class II directors will
have an initial term expiring in 2007 and Class III
directors will have an initial term expiring in 2008.
Class I will be comprised of
Mr. .
Class II will be comprised of Messrs. Noll and Lupo.
Class III will be comprised of Messrs. Flynn and
Anderson.
Quorum Requirements; Removal of Directors. Our
second amended and restated certificate of incorporation
provides for a minimum quorum of one-third in voting power of
the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote,
except that a minimum quorum of a majority in voting power of
the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote is
necessary to hold a vote for any director in a contested
election, the removal of a director or the filling of a vacancy
on our board of directors. Directors may be removed only for
cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority in voting
power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors.
No Cumulative Voting. The Delaware General
Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to
cumulate votes in the election of directors unless provided for
otherwise in a companys certificate of incorporation. Our
second amended and restated certificate of incorporation does
not grant our stockholder cumulative voting rights.
No Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Calling of Special
Meeting of Stockholders. Our second amended and
restated certificate of incorporation generally prohibits
stockholder action by written consent. It and our amended and
restated by-laws also provide that special meetings of our
stockholders may be called only by (1) the chairman of our
board of directors or (2) our board of directors pursuant
to a resolution approved by our board of directors or
(3) our board of directors upon a request by holders of at
least 50% in voting power of all the outstanding shares entitled
to vote at that meeting.
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and
Director Nominations. Our amended and restated by-laws
provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before or to
nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual
meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their
proposal in writing to the corporate
59
secretary. To be timely, a stockholders notice must be
delivered or mailed and received at our principal executive
offices not less than 90 nor more than 120 days in advance
of the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual
meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated by-laws also
specify requirements as to the form and content of a
stockholders notice. These provisions may impede
stockholders ability to bring matters before an annual
meeting of stockholders or make nominations for directors at an
annual meeting of stockholders. Stockholder nominations for the
election of directors at a special meeting must be received by
our corporate secretary by the later of ten days following the
day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was
mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting
was made or 90 days prior to the date that meeting is
proposed to be held and not more than 120 days prior to
such meeting.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and
Directors. The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes
corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of
directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary
damages for breaches of directors fiduciary duties as
directors. Our second amended and restated certificate of
incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal
liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as
a director, except for liability:
|
|
|
|
|
for breach of duty of loyalty; |
|
|
|
for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional
misconduct or knowing violation of law; |
|
|
|
under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
(unlawful dividends or stock repurchases); or |
|
|
|
for transactions from which the director derived improper
personal benefit. |
Our amended and restated by-laws provide that we must indemnify
and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the
fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation
Law. We are also expressly authorized to, and do, carry
directors and officers insurance for our directors,
officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe
that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful
to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in
our amended and restated by-laws may discourage stockholders
from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their
fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of
reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against
directors and officers, even though such an action, if
successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In
addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the
extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs
of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers
pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which
indemnification is sought.
Authorized but Unissued Shares. Our authorized but
unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be
available for future issuance without your approval. We may use
additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including
future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate
acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of
authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred
stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to
obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer,
merger or otherwise.
Supermajority Provisions. The Delaware General
Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of
a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to
vote is required to amend a corporations certificate of
incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires
a greater percentage. Our second amended and restated
certificate of incorporation provides that the following
provisions in the second amended and restated certificate of
incorporation may be amended only by a vote of two-thirds or
more in voting power of all the outstanding shares of our
capital stock entitled to vote:
|
|
|
|
|
the prohibition on stockholder action by written consent; |
|
|
|
the ability to call a special meeting of stockholders being
vested solely in (1) the chairman of our board of
directors, (2) our board of directors pursuant to a
resolution adopted by our board of directors and (3) our
board of directors upon a request by holders of at least 50% in
voting power of all the outstanding shares entitled to vote at
that meeting; |
60
|
|
|
|
|
the provisions relating to the classification of our board of
directors; |
|
|
|
the provisions relating to the size of our board of directors; |
|
|
|
the provisions relating to the quorum requirements for
stockholder action and the removal of directors; |
|
|
|
the limitation on the liability of our directors to us and our
stockholders; |
|
|
|
the provisions granting authority to our board of directors to
amend or repeal our by-laws without a stockholder vote, as
described in more detail in the next succeeding
paragraph; and |
|
|
|
the supermajority voting requirements listed above. |
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation
grants our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal
our by-laws without a stockholder vote in any manner not
inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our
second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws provide that
the same provisions listed above and found in our amended and
restated by-laws may be amended by stockholders representing no
less than two-thirds of the voting power of all the outstanding
shares of our capital stock entitled to vote.
Listing
We intend to list our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market
under the trading symbol CTRN.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Upon consummation of this offering, the transfer agent and
registrar for the common stock will be American Stock Transfer
and Trust Company. The transfer agents address is
59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038.
61
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts
of common stock in the public market could adversely affect
prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited
number of shares will be available for sale shortly after the
offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale
described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in
the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely
affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise
equity capital in the future.
Upon completion of this
offering, shares
of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of
currently outstanding and exercisable options. Of these shares,
the shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares
sold upon exercise of the underwriters over-allotment
option, will be freely transferable without restriction under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, unless they are held by
our affiliates as that term is used under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder. The
remaining shares
of common stock held by existing stockholders are restricted
shares. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only
if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from
registration under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which rules are summarized
below.
In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this
prospectus, beginning 90 days after the effective date of
this offering, our affiliates, or a person (or persons whose
shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted
shares (as defined under Rule 144) for at least one year,
are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the
then outstanding shares of common stock or the average weekly
trading volume of the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market
during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding the date on
which notice of the sale is filed with the Commission.
Sales under Rule 144 are subject to requirements relating
to the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current
public information about us. A person (or persons whose shares
are aggregated) who was not our affiliate at any time during the
90 days immediately preceding the sale and who has
beneficially owned restricted shares for at least two years is
entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without
regard to the limitations described above.
Our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased
or were awarded shares or options to purchase shares under a
written compensatory plan or contract are entitled to rely on
the resale provisions of Rule 701 under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, which permits affiliates and non-affiliates
to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply
with the Rule 144 holding period restrictions, in each case
commencing 90 days after the effective date of this
offering. In addition, non-affiliates may sell
Rule 701 shares without complying with the public
information, volume and notice provisions of Rule 144.
In addition, we expect to file a registration statement on
Form S-8 registering shares of common stock subject to
outstanding stock options or reserved for issuance under our
Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan and 2005 Long-Term
Incentive Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as
soon as practicable after the consummation of this offering.
Shares registered under this registration statement will,
subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to
affiliates, be available for sale in the open market, unless
such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the
lock-up agreements described below.
Lock-Up Agreements
Each of our officers and directors and substantially all other
stockholders have agreed to a 180-day lock up with
respect
to shares
of common stock and other of our securities that they
beneficially own, including securities that are convertible into
shares of common stock and securities that are exchangeable or
exercisable for shares of common stock. We have also agreed to
such a restriction. This means that, for a period of
180 days following the date of this prospectus (the
lock-up period), subject to specified exceptions, we
and such persons may not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell,
pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the
prior written consent of CIBC World Markets Corp. In addition,
the lock-up period may be extended in the event that we release
earnings or announce certain material news within specified time
periods prior to the termination of the lock-up period. The
restrictions in the lock-up agreements will not prevent such
persons from transferring their
62
shares or other securities as gifts, to members of their
immediate family or to a trust for the benefit of themselves of
member of their family or by will or intestacy, provided, in
each case, that the transferee of such shares of other
securities agrees to be locked-up to the same extent as the
person from whom they received the shares.
Registration Rights
Pursuant to the registration rights agreement to be executed
upon consummation of this offering, Hampshire Equity Partners
has the right to demand registration of its shares and to
include its shares in registration statements that we file after
the consummation of this offering, subject to certain
exceptions. See Related Party
TransactionsRegistration Rights Agreement.
63
Underwriting
We and the selling stockholders will enter into an underwriting
agreement with the underwriters named below. CIBC World Markets
Corp., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, SG Cowen & Co.,
LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. are acting as the
representatives of the underwriters.
The underwriting agreement provides for the purchase of a
specific number of shares of common stock by each of the
underwriters. The underwriters obligations are several,
which means that each underwriter is required to purchase a
specified number of shares, but is not responsible for the
commitment of any other underwriter to purchase shares. Subject
to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each
underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of
shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters |
|
Number of Shares |
|
|
|
CIBC World Markets Corp.
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
SG Cowen & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the shares
offered by this prospectus (other than those covered by the
over-allotment option described below) if any are purchased.
Under the underwriting agreement, if an underwriter defaults in
its commitment to purchase shares, the commitments of
non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting
agreement may be terminated, depending on the circumstances.
The shares should be ready for delivery on or
about ,
2005 against payment in immediately available funds. The
underwriters are offering the shares subject to various
conditions and may reject all or part of any order. The
representatives have advised us and the selling stockholders
that the underwriters propose to offer the shares directly to
the public at the initial public offering price that appears on
the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, the
representatives may offer some of the shares to other securities
dealers at such price less a concession of
$ per
share. The underwriters may also allow, and such dealers may
reallow, a concession not in excess of
$ per
share to other dealers. After the shares are released for sale
to the public, the representatives may change the offering price
and other selling terms at various times.
We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an
over-allotment option. The underwriters may purchase up
to of
these additional shares from us and up
to of
these additional shares from the selling stockholders. This
option, which is exercisable for up to 30 days after the
date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase a
maximum
of additional
shares to cover over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise
all or part of this option, they will purchase shares covered by
the option at the initial public offering price that appears on
the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting
discount. If this option is exercised in full, the total price
to the public will be
$ ,
the total proceeds to us will be
$ and
the total proceeds to the selling stockholders will be
$ .
The underwriters have severally agreed that, to the extent the
over-allotment option is exercised, they will each purchase a
number of additional shares proportionate to the
underwriters initial amount reflected in the foregoing
table.
The following table provides information regarding the amount of
the discount to be paid to the underwriters by us and the
selling stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Without |
|
Total With Full |
|
|
|
|
Exercise of Over- |
|
Exercise of Over- |
|
|
Per Share |
|
Allotment Option |
|
Allotment Option |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Citi Trends, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Selling Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We estimate that the total expenses of the offering for us and
the selling stockholders, excluding the underwriting discount,
will be approximately
$ .
We have agreed to bear the expenses (other than underwriting
discounts and commissions) of the selling stockholders in
connection with this offering.
64
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Each of our officers and directors and substantially all other
stockholders have agreed to a 180-day lock up with
respect
to shares
of common stock and other of our securities that they
beneficially own, including securities that are convertible into
shares of common stock and securities that are exchangeable or
exercisable for shares of common stock. This means that for a
period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus,
(the lock-up period) subject to specified
exceptions, such persons may not, directly or indirectly, offer,
sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without
the prior written consent of CIBC World Markets Corp. In
addition, the lock-up period may be extended in the event that
we release earnings or announce certain material news within
specified time periods prior to the termination of the lock-up
period. The restrictions in the lock-up agreements will not
prevent such persons from transferring their shares or other
securities as gifts, to members of their immediate family or to
a trust for the benefit of themselves of member of their family
or by will or intestacy, provided in each case, that the
transferee of such shares of other securities agree to be
locked-up to the same extent as the person from whom they
received the shares.
We have agreed not to issue, sell or register (other than
pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8), or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our equity
securities (or any securities convertible into, exercisable for
or exchangeable for our equity securities), except for this
offering and the issuance of equity securities pursuant to our
Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan or our 2005
Long-Term Incentive Plan, during the lock-up period without the
consent of CIBC World Markets Corp. In the event that during the
lock-up period, (A) any shares are issued pursuant to our
Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan or our 2005 Long
Term Incentive Plan that are exercisable during the lock-up
period or (B) any registration is effected pursuant to a
registration statement on Form S-8 relating to shares that
are exercisable during the lock-up period, we have agreed to
obtain the written agreement of such grantee or purchaser or
holder of such registered securities that, during the lock-up
period, such person will not, without the prior written consent
of CIBC World Markets Corp., offer for sale, sell, distribute,
grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of,
directly or indirectly, or exercise any registration rights with
respect to, any shares of our common stock (or any securities
convertible into, exercisable for, or exchangeable for any
shares of our common stock) owned by such person.
The representatives have informed us that it does not expect
discretionary sales by the underwriters to exceed
five percent of the shares offered by this prospectus.
There is no established trading market for the shares. The
offering price for the shares has been determined by us, the
selling stockholders and the representative, based on the
following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete; |
|
|
|
our past and present operations; |
|
|
|
our historical results of operations; |
|
|
|
our prospects for future business and earning potential; |
|
|
|
our management; |
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
this offering; |
|
|
|
the recent market prices of securities of generally comparable
companies; and |
|
|
|
the market capitalization and stages of development of other
companies which we and the representative believe to be
comparable to us. |
Rules of the Commission may limit the ability of the
underwriters to bid for or purchase shares before the
distribution of the shares is completed. However, the
underwriters may engage in the following activities in
accordance with the rules:
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactionsThe representative may make bids
or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining
the price of the shares, so long as stabilizing bids do not
exceed a specified maximum. |
|
|
|
Over-allotments and syndicate covering transactionsThe
underwriters may sell more shares of our common stock in
connection with this offering than the number of shares than
they have committed to purchase. This over-allotment creates a
short position for the underwriters. This short sales position
may involve either |
65
|
|
|
|
|
covered short sales or naked short
sales. Covered short sales are short sales made in an amount not
greater than the underwriters over-allotment option to
purchase additional shares in this offering described above. The
underwriters may close out any covered short position either by
exercising their over-allotment option or by purchasing shares
in the open market. To determine how they will close the covered
short position, the underwriters will consider, among other
things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open
market, as compared to the price at which they may purchase
shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short sales are
short sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The
underwriters must close out any naked short position by
purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is
more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned
that, in the open market after pricing, there may be downward
pressure on the price of the shares that could adversely affect
investors who purchase shares in this offering. |
|
|
|
|
|
Penalty bidsIf the representative purchases shares in the
open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering
transaction, they may reclaim a selling concession from the
underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as
part of this offering. |
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters
purchases to cover the syndicate short sales or to stabilize the
market price of our common stock may have the effect of raising
or maintaining the market price of our common stock or
preventing or mitigating a decline in the market price of our
common stock. As a result, the price of the shares of our common
stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in
the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have
an effect on the price of the shares if it discourages resales
of the shares.
Neither we nor the underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the effect that the transactions described
above may have on the price of the shares. These transactions
may occur on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise. If such
transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without
notice at any time.
Congress Financial Corporation (Southwest), an affiliate of
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, is the lender under our credit
agreement and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC is acting as an
underwriter in this offering. As such, Congress Financial
Corporation (Southwest) has received and will continue to
receive customary fees in connection with the credit agreement.
In addition, in the future, certain of the underwriters or their
affiliates, may provide us, from time to time, with other
financial advisory or commercial or investment banking services,
for which we expect they will receive customary fees and
commissions.
Based on information provided to us by CIBC World Markets Corp.
and Hampshire Equity Partners, a managing director of CIBC World
Markets Corp., has an approximate 0.03% indirect interest in our
Series A Preferred Stock and our common stock, through
ownership of limited partnership interests in Hampshire Equity
Partners. We do not expect the proceeds with respect to this
indirect interest to exceed
$ in
the aggregate.
As set forth above under Principal and Selling
Stockholders, Hampshire Equity Partners currently holds
approximately % of our common
stock and after the offering will hold
approximately % of our common
stock. Based upon this ownership interest, Hampshire Equity
Partners is an affiliate of the company (as such
term is defined under the Securities Act) and may be deemed to
be an underwriter under the Securities Act. Certain
other of our affiliates are also selling stockholders in this
offering, including
Messrs. ,
who are members of our management, and may similarly be deemed
to be underwriters under the Securities Act.
66
Legal Matters
The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed
upon for us by Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP,
New York, New York. DLA Piper Rudnick Gray Cary US LLP,
Baltimore, Maryland, has represented the underwriters in this
offering.
Experts
The financial statements of Citi Trends, Inc. as of
January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004 and for the
fiscal years ended January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004
and February 1, 2003 have been included herein in reliance
upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The audit report refers to the adoption of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, Accounting
for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both
Liabilities and Equity.
Where You Can Find More Information
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a
registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, for the common stock offered in this
offering. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will
be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy
statements and other information with the Securities and
Exchange Commission. You may read and copy our registration
statement and the attached exhibits and schedules without charge
at the public reference room maintained by the Securities and
Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and
Exchange Commission at 1 (800) SEC-0330 for further
information on the public reference room. You may also inspect
reports, proxy and information statements and other information
that we file electronically with the Securities and Exchange
Commission without charge at its Internet site,
http://www.sec.gov.
This prospectus constitutes part of the registration and does
not contain all of the information set forth in the registration
statement. Whenever a reference is made in this prospectus to
any of our contracts or other documents, the reference may not
be complete and, for a copy of the contract or document, you
should refer to the exhibits that are part of the registration
statement.
After the offering, we intend to furnish our stockholders with
annual reports containing financial statements audited by our
independent registered public accountants.
67
Citi Trends, Inc.
Index to Financial Statements
|
|
|
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
JANUARY 29, 2005,
JANUARY 31, 2004 AND FEBRUARY 1, 2003 |
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
F-7 |
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Citi Trends, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Citi Trends,
Inc. (the Company) as of January 29, 2005, and
January 31, 2004, and the related statements of income,
stockholders equity, and cash flows for the fiscal years
ended January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Citi Trends, Inc. as of January 29, 2005, and
January 31, 2004, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for the fiscal years ended January 29, 2005,
January 31, 2004 and February 1, 2003 in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements,
effective July 6, 2003 the Company adopted the provisions
of the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity.
KPMG LLP
Jacksonville, Florida
March 30, 2005
F-2
Citi Trends, Inc.
Balance Sheets
January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 29, |
|
January 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
Assets |
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
11,801,442 |
|
|
$ |
9,954,232 |
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
36,172,832 |
|
|
|
22,712,369 |
|
|
Prepaid and other current assets
|
|
|
2,600,933 |
|
|
|
1,770,998 |
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
1,139,000 |
|
|
|
530,604 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
51,714,207 |
|
|
|
34,968,203 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
17,573,767 |
|
|
|
12,749,601 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,371,404 |
|
|
|
1,371,404 |
|
Other assets
|
|
|
130,182 |
|
|
|
123,992 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
70,789,560 |
|
|
|
49,213,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under revolving lines of credit
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
28,132,301 |
|
|
|
19,577,370 |
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
3,199,772 |
|
|
|
2,121,520 |
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
2,537,643 |
|
|
|
1,669,462 |
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
78,953 |
|
|
|
74,762 |
|
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
718,425 |
|
|
|
566,667 |
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
2,455,247 |
|
|
|
331,342 |
|
|
Layaway deposits
|
|
|
252,791 |
|
|
|
133,028 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
37,375,132 |
|
|
|
24,474,151 |
|
Long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
1,526,110 |
|
|
|
1,494,302 |
|
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
|
|
|
688,473 |
|
|
|
494,547 |
|
Preferred shares subject to mandatory redemption
|
|
|
3,984,763 |
|
|
|
5,160,313 |
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
818,000 |
|
|
|
333,445 |
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
2,632,113 |
|
|
|
752,574 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
47,024,591 |
|
|
|
32,709,332 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value. Authorized
500,000 shares;
363,875 and 363,275 shares issued in 2005 and 2004
|
|
|
3,639 |
|
|
|
3,633 |
|
|
Paid-in-capital
|
|
|
4,120,894 |
|
|
|
4,011,601 |
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
19,828,629 |
|
|
|
12,571,384 |
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost; 6,375 and 5,775 shares in 2005 and
2004
|
|
|
(164,550 |
) |
|
|
(57,750 |
) |
|
Subscription receivable
|
|
|
(23,643 |
) |
|
|
(25,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
23,764,969 |
|
|
|
16,503,368 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (notes 9 and 10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$ |
70,789,560 |
|
|
$ |
49,213,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-3
Citi Trends, Inc.
Statements of Income
Years Ended January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal |
|
Fiscal |
|
Fiscal |
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
203,441,772 |
|
|
$ |
157,198,306 |
|
|
$ |
124,950,935 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
127,307,594 |
|
|
|
98,145,216 |
|
|
|
77,806,541 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
76,134,178 |
|
|
|
59,053,090 |
|
|
|
47,144,394 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
63,593,731 |
|
|
|
48,844,888 |
|
|
|
38,759,624 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
12,540,447 |
|
|
|
10,208,202 |
|
|
|
8,384,770 |
|
Interest expense, including redeemable preferred stock dividend
|
|
|
732,202 |
|
|
|
563,342 |
|
|
|
255,708 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
11,808,245 |
|
|
|
9,644,860 |
|
|
|
8,129,062 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
4,551,000 |
|
|
|
3,726,914 |
|
|
|
3,101,237 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
7,257,245 |
|
|
$ |
5,917,946 |
|
|
$ |
5,027,825 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income per common share
|
|
$ |
19.95 |
|
|
$ |
15.92 |
|
|
$ |
12.95 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted income per common share
|
|
$ |
17.10 |
|
|
$ |
13.77 |
|
|
$ |
11.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average number of shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
363,825 |
|
|
|
363,275 |
|
|
|
363,275 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
424,463 |
|
|
|
420,060 |
|
|
|
419,510 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-4
Citi Trends, Inc.
Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2004 |
|
Fiscal 2003 |
|
Fiscal 2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
7,257,245 |
|
|
$ |
5,917,946 |
|
|
$ |
5,027,825 |
|
|
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends on preferred shares subject to mandatory redemption
|
|
|
324,450 |
|
|
|
189,263 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
4,871,682 |
|
|
|
4,032,602 |
|
|
|
3,014,549 |
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(123,841 |
) |
|
|
161,883 |
|
|
|
541,742 |
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
80,719 |
|
|
|
23,396 |
|
|
|
93,189 |
|
|
|
Interest on Subscription Receivable
|
|
|
(9,643 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash compensation expense
|
|
|
103,299 |
|
|
|
123,273 |
|
|
|
161,882 |
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(13,460,463 |
) |
|
|
(5,669,857 |
) |
|
|
(2,110,472 |
) |
|
|
|
Prepaid and other current assets
|
|
|
(845,787 |
) |
|
|
(577,991 |
) |
|
|
374,919 |
|
|
|
|
Income tax receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
195,068 |
|
|
|
60,795 |
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(29,334 |
) |
|
|
(16,020 |
) |
|
|
(39,294 |
) |
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
8,554,931 |
|
|
|
6,108,110 |
|
|
|
1,956,945 |
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
2,823,842 |
|
|
|
647,045 |
|
|
|
576,631 |
|
|
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
868,181 |
|
|
|
(247,906 |
) |
|
|
880,225 |
|
|
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
2,123,905 |
|
|
|
331,342 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Layaway deposits
|
|
|
119,763 |
|
|
|
(28,761 |
) |
|
|
(82,278 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
12,658,949 |
|
|
|
11,189,393 |
|
|
|
10,456,658 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(8,631,233 |
) |
|
|
(6,117,954 |
) |
|
|
(5,926,622 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fee paid for continuance of revolving line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50,000 |
) |
|
Borrowings under revolving line of credit
|
|
|
37,716,044 |
|
|
|
26,295,521 |
|
|
|
133,369,853 |
|
|
Repayments under revolving line of credit
|
|
|
(37,716,044 |
) |
|
|
(26,295,521 |
) |
|
|
(137,059,791 |
) |
|
Repayments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(831,456 |
) |
|
|
(942,054 |
) |
|
|
(742,969 |
) |
|
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,680,000 |
|
|
Payment of dividends on preferred shares subject to mandatory
redemption
|
|
|
(1,366,050 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from payment of shareholder note receivable
|
|
|
11,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of stock
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(2,180,506 |
) |
|
|
(942,054 |
) |
|
|
(2,802,907 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
1,847,210 |
|
|
|
4,129,385 |
|
|
|
1,727,129 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of period
|
|
|
9,954,232 |
|
|
|
5,824,847 |
|
|
|
4,097,718 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period
|
|
$ |
11,801,442 |
|
|
$ |
9,954,232 |
|
|
$ |
5,824,847 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$ |
518,557 |
|
|
$ |
352,933 |
|
|
$ |
255,708 |
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$ |
2,550,938 |
|
|
$ |
3,036,620 |
|
|
$ |
2,498,700 |
|
Supplemental disclosures of noncash activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends accrued on redeemable preferred stock
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
135,187 |
|
|
$ |
327,713 |
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment financed by entering into
capital leases
|
|
$ |
1,106,338 |
|
|
$ |
670,503 |
|
|
$ |
660,012 |
|
|
Insurance settlement not yet received related to loss of fixed
assets and inventory related to store fire
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192,384 |
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-5
Citi Trends, Inc.
Statements of Stockholders Equity
Years Ended January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid-in |
|
Retained |
|
|
|
Subscription |
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
Capital |
|
Earnings |
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
Receivable |
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BalanceFebruary 2, 2002
|
|
|
363,275 |
|
|
|
3,633 |
|
|
|
3,726,446 |
|
|
|
2,088,513 |
|
|
|
5,775 |
|
|
|
(57,750 |
) |
|
|
(25,000 |
) |
|
|
5,735,842 |
|
Expense recorded in connection with issuance of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161,882 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161,882 |
|
Accrued preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(327,713 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(327,713 |
) |
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,027,825 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,027,825 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance February 1, 2003
|
|
|
363,275 |
|
|
|
3,633 |
|
|
|
3,888,328 |
|
|
|
6,788,625 |
|
|
|
5,775 |
|
|
|
(57,750 |
) |
|
|
(25,000 |
) |
|
|
10,597,836 |
|
Expense recorded in connection with issuance of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,273 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,273 |
|
Accrued preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(135,187 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(135,187 |
) |
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,917,946 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,917,946 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance January 31, 2004
|
|
|
363,275 |
|
|
|
3,633 |
|
|
|
4,011,601 |
|
|
|
12,571,384 |
|
|
|
5,775 |
|
|
|
(57,750 |
) |
|
|
(25,000 |
) |
|
|
16,503,868 |
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
5,994 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,000 |
|
Expense recorded in connection with issuance of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,299 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,299 |
|
Purchase of 600 shares of common stock in exchange for a
3 year note
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
(106,800 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(106,800 |
) |
Interest recorded on subscription receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,643 |
) |
|
|
(9,643 |
) |
Payment received on subscription receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,000 |
|
|
|
11,000 |
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,257,245 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,257,245 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance January 29, 2005
|
|
|
363,875 |
|
|
|
3,639 |
|
|
|
4,120,894 |
|
|
|
19,828,629 |
|
|
|
6,375 |
|
|
|
(164,550 |
) |
|
|
(23,643 |
) |
|
|
23,764,969 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-6
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
|
|
(1) |
Organization and Business |
Citi Trends, Inc. (the Company) is a rapidly
growing, value-priced retailer of urban fashion apparel and
accessories for the entire family. As of January 29, 2005,
the Company operated 200 stores in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida,
Georgia, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South
Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, and Virginia.
|
|
(2) |
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
The Companys fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to
January 31 of each year. The years ended January 29, 2005,
January 31, 2004 and February 1, 2003 are referred to
as fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, in the accompanying
financial statements. Fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002 are each
comprised of 52 weeks.
|
|
(b) |
Cash and Cash Equivalents |
For purposes of the balance sheets and statements of cash flows,
the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents.
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out
basis) or market as determined by the retail inventory method
less a provision for inventory shrinkage. Under the retail
inventory method, the cost value of inventory and gross margins
are determined by calculating a cost-to-retail ratio and
applying it to the retail value of inventory. The Company
believes the first-in first-out retail inventory method results
in an inventory valuation that is fairly stated.
|
|
(d) |
Property and Equipment, net |
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Equipment under
capital leases is stated at the present value of minimum lease
payments. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the
straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful
lives (principally three to five years for computer equipment
and furniture, fixtures and equipment, five years for leasehold
improvements, and 15 years for buildings) of the related
assets or the relevant lease term, whichever is shorter.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of assets acquired. The Company adopted the
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, as of February 3, 2002. Pursuant to
SFAS No. 142, goodwill acquired in a purchase business
combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life is
not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least
annually. The Company performed this analysis at the end of
fiscal 2004 and no impairment was indicated.
|
|
(f) |
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets |
If facts and circumstances indicate that a long-lived asset,
including property and equipment, may be impaired, the carrying
value of long-lived assets is reviewed. If this review indicates
that the carrying value of the asset will not be recovered as
determined based on projected undiscounted cash flows related to
the asset over its remaining life, the carrying value of the
asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. Impairment losses
in the future are dependent on a number of factors such as site
selection and general economic trends, and thus could be
significantly different from historical results. To the extent
the Companys estimates for net sales, gross profit and
store expenses are not realized, future assessments of
recoverability could result in impairment charges.
F-7
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
|
|
(g) |
Stock-Based Compensation |
The Company applies the intrinsic-value-based method of
accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board
(APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees, and related interpretations including
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
interpretation (FIN) No. 44, Accounting for Certain
Transactions involving Stock Compensation, an interpretation of
APB Opinion No. 25, to account for its fixed-plan stock
options. Under this method, compensation expense is recorded on
the date of grant only if the current fair value of the
underlying stock exceeds the exercise price. The Company
recognizes the fair value of stock rights granted to
non-employees in the accompanying financial statements.
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure, an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 123, establishes
accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value-based
method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation
plans. As permitted by existing accounting standards, the
Company has elected to continue to apply the
intrinsic-value-based method of accounting described above, and
the Company has adopted only the disclosure requirements of
SFAS No. 123, as amended. The following table
illustrates the effect on net income for fiscal 2004, 2003 and
2002 if the fair-value-based method had been applied to all
outstanding and unvested awards in the period. Pro forma
information regarding net income and net income per share is
required in order to show our net income as if we had accounted
for employee stock options under the fair value method of
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, as amended by SFAS No. 148,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition
Disclosure. The fair values of options and shares issued
pursuant to our option plan at each grant date were estimated
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income, as reported
|
|
$ |
7,257,245 |
|
|
$ |
5,917,946 |
|
|
$ |
5,027,825 |
|
Add stock-based employee compensation expense included in
reported net income, net of tax of $39,791, $45,855 and $62,729,
respectively
|
|
|
63,508 |
|
|
|
77,415 |
|
|
|
99,153 |
|
Deduct total stock-based employee compensation expense
determined under fair-value-based method for all awards, net of
tax of $86,829, $68,120 and $47,157, respectively
|
|
|
(138,583 |
) |
|
|
(114,997 |
) |
|
|
(74,538 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$ |
7,182,170 |
|
|
$ |
5,880,364 |
|
|
$ |
5,052,440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported basic income per common share
|
|
$ |
19.95 |
|
|
$ |
15.92 |
|
|
$ |
12.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma Basic Income per common share
|
|
$ |
19.74 |
|
|
$ |
15.81 |
|
|
$ |
13.01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported diluted income per common share
|
|
$ |
17.10 |
|
|
$ |
13.77 |
|
|
$ |
11.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma Diluted Income per common share
|
|
$ |
16.92 |
|
|
$ |
13.68 |
|
|
$ |
11.27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue from retail sales is recognized at the time of the sale,
net of an allowance for estimated returns. The Company allows
for returns up to 10 days after the date of sales and the
estimate for returns is based on actual return activity
10 days after the period ends. Revenue from layaway sales
is recognized when the customer has paid for and received the
merchandise. If the merchandise is not fully paid for within
60 days, the customer is given a refund or store credit for
merchandise payments made, less a re-stocking fee and a program
service charge. Program service charges, which are
non-refundable, are recognized in revenue when collected. All
sales are from cash, check or major credit card company
transactions. The Company does not offer company-sponsored
customer credit accounts.
F-8
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
Cost of sales includes the cost of inventory sold during the
period, net of discounts and allowances; purchasing costs;
transportation costs including inbound freight and internal
transfer costs. Distribution center costs, advertising and
promotional expenses are not considered a portion of cost of
sales and are included as part of selling, general and
administrative expenses.
|
|
(j) |
Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of
Liabilities and Equity |
The Company prospectively adopted SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.
SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for the
classification and measurement of certain financial instruments
with characteristics of both liabilities and equity.
SFAS No. 150 also includes required disclosures for
financial instruments within its scope. For the Company,
SFAS No. 150 was effective for instruments entered
into or modified after May 1, 2003 and otherwise effective
as of February 1, 2004, except for mandatorily redeemable
financial instruments. As such, the Company adopted the
provisions of SFAS No. 150 for our Series A
Preferred Stock on July 6, 2003 which required the Company
to classify the Series A Preferred Stock as a liability on
our balance sheet. The effective date of SFAS No. 150
has been deferred indefinitely for certain other types of
mandatorily redeemable financial instruments. To illustrate the
effect of SFAS No. 150 the following table shows net
income if SFAS No. 150 had not been adopted for fiscal
2004, 2003 and 2002.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income, as reported
|
|
$ |
7,257,245 |
|
|
$ |
5,917,946 |
|
|
$ |
5,027,825 |
|
Add dividends on preferred shares subject to mandatory redemption
|
|
|
324,450 |
|
|
|
189,263 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$ |
7,581,695 |
|
|
$ |
6,107,209 |
|
|
$ |
5,027,825 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per common share amounts are based on the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding and diluted earnings
per share amounts are based on the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding plus the incremental shares that would
have been outstanding upon the assumed exercise of all dilutive
stock options.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the earnings
figures used to calculate earning per share and used in
calculating diluted earnings per share for fiscal 2004, 2003 and
2002:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income, as reported
|
|
$ |
7,257,245 |
|
|
$ |
5,917,946 |
|
|
$ |
5,027,825 |
|
Subtract dividends on preferred shares subject to mandatory
redemption
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135,188 |
|
|
|
324,450 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator for EPS Calculation
|
|
$ |
7,257,245 |
|
|
$ |
5,782,758 |
|
|
$ |
4,703,375 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-9
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
The following table provides a reconciliation of the number of
average common shares outstanding used to calculate earning per
share to the number of common shares and common share
equivalents outstanding used in calculating diluted earnings per
share for fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average number of common shares outstanding
|
|
|
363,825 |
|
|
|
363,275 |
|
|
|
363,275 |
|
Incremental shares from assumed exercises of stock options
|
|
|
60,638 |
|
|
|
56,785 |
|
|
|
56,235 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average number of common shares and common stock equivalents
outstanding
|
|
|
424,463 |
|
|
|
420,060 |
|
|
|
419,510 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For fiscal 2004 and 2002 there were no options outstanding to
purchase shares of common stock excluded from the calculation of
diluted earnings per share because of antidilution. For fiscal
2003, there was an immaterial number of options outstanding to
purchase shares of common stock excluded from the calculation of
diluted earnings per share because of antidilution.
The Company expenses all advertising expenditures as incurred.
Advertising expense for fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002 was
$1,164,701, $905,872 and $618,051, respectively.
We account for our store leases in accordance with SFAS
No. 13, Accounting for Leases and other
authoritative guidance. Rent expense for operating leases, which
have escalating rentals over the term of the lease, is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial term.
Certain of our leases contain tenant improvement allowances,
rent holidays, rent escalation clauses and/or contingent rent
provisions. Incentives, rent holidays and minimum rental
expenses are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term
of the lease based on the date of initial possession, which is
generally the date the property is available to the Company to
make improvements in preparation of its intended use.
For tenant improvement allowances, we record a deferred rent
liability on the balance sheet and amortize the deferred rent
over the term of the lease as a reduction to rent expense.
|
|
(n) |
Store Opening and Closing Costs |
New and relocated store opening costs are charged directly to
expense when incurred. When the Company decides to close or
relocate a store, the Company records an expense for the present
value of expected future rent payments, net of sublease income,
in the period that a store closes or relocates.
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability
method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for
the future tax consequences attributable to differences between
the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss
and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates
is recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date.
F-10
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
|
|
(q) |
Business Reporting Segments |
The Company is a value-priced retailer of urban fashion apparel
and accessories for the entire family. The Companys chief
operating decision maker reviews performance and the allocation
of resources on a store by store basis. Because the Company
operates one business activity and the level of review by the
Companys chief operating decision maker is on a store by
store basis, the Company has determined that its operations are
within one reportable segment. Accordingly, financial
information on industry segments is omitted. All sales are to
customers and assets are located within the United States.
|
|
(r) |
Other Comprehensive Income |
The Company did not have any components of other comprehensive
income for fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002.
|
|
(s) |
Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Currently
Effective |
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment.
SFAS No. 123R establishes standards for the accounting
for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity
instruments for goods and services. SFAS No. 123R
focuses primarily on accounting for transactions in which an
entity obtains employee services in share-based payment
transactions. Under SFAS No. 123R, the Company,
beginning in the third quarter of 2005, will be required to
measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for
an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair
value of the award (with limited exceptions). The cost will be
recognized over the period during which an employee is required
to provide services in exchange for the award.
Currently, the Company discloses the estimated effect on net
income of these share-based payments in the notes to the
financial statements. The estimated fair value (cost) of
the share-based payments has historically been determined using
the Black-Scholes pricing model. As of the date of this report,
the Company had not calculated the cost of share-based payments
using the various other methods allowed by
SFAS No. 123R and has not yet decided on the method to
be used upon implementation of this standard. The actual
compensation cost resulting from share-based payments to be
included in the Companys future results of operations may
vary significantly from the amounts currently disclosed in the
notes to the financial statements.
F-11
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
|
|
(3) |
Property and Equipment, Net |
The components of property and equipment at January 29,
2005 and January 31, 2004 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 29, |
|
January 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$ |
810,000 |
|
|
$ |
810,000 |
|
Building
|
|
|
1,340,000 |
|
|
|
1,340,000 |
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
12,134,815 |
|
|
|
8,885,163 |
|
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
|
|
|
13,660,714 |
|
|
|
9,000,105 |
|
Computer equipment
|
|
|
6,535,924 |
|
|
|
4,823,922 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,481,453 |
|
|
|
24,859,190 |
|
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
16,907,686 |
|
|
|
12,109,589 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
17,573,767 |
|
|
$ |
12,749,601 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense for fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002 was
$4,848,537, $4,011,456 and $2,999,666, respectively. Computer
equipment held under capital leases and related accumulated
depreciation was $4,466,372 and $3,103,821, respectively, at
January 29, 2005 and $3,373,409 and $2,448,245,
respectively, at January 31, 2004.
|
|
(4) |
Revolving Lines of Credit |
The Company has a revolving line of credit secured by
substantially all of the Companys assets pursuant to which
the Company pays customary fees. This secured line of credit
expires in April 2007. At January 29, 2005, the line of
credit provided for aggregate cash borrowings and the issuance
of letters of credit up to the lesser of $25,000,000 or the
Companys borrowing base (approximately $23,500,000 at
January 29, 2005), as defined in the credit agreement.
Borrowings under this secured line of credit bear interest at
either the prime rate or the Eurodollar rate plus 2.25%, at the
Companys election, based on conditions in the credit
agreement. Additionally, there is a letter of credit fee of
1.25% per annum on the outstanding balance of letters of
credit. At January 29, 2005, there were no outstanding
borrowings on the revolving line of credit, nor were there any
outstanding letters of credit. Under the terms of the credit
agreement, the Company is required to maintain a minimum
tangible net worth. The Company was in compliance with this
requirement at January 29, 2005.
In September 2003, the Company entered into an annual unsecured
revolving line of credit with Bank of America that expires in
June 2005. At January 29, 2005, the line of credit provided
for aggregate cash borrowings up to $3,000,000. Borrowings under
the credit agreement bear interest at the London Interbank
Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 2.00%. At January 29,
2005, there were no outstanding borrowings on the unsecured
revolving line of credit.
The Company borrows funds under these revolving lines of credit
from time to time and subsequently repays such borrowings with
available cash generated from operations.
|
|
(5) |
Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations |
Capital Leases. The Company has capital lease obligations
that finance the purchase of its computer equipment. These
obligations have maturity dates ranging from March 2005 to
December 2007. The interest rates on these obligations range
from 7.2% to 11.5%. All of these obligations are secured by the
computer equipment.
F-12
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
As of January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004, long-term
debt and capital lease obligations consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 29, |
|
January 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage payable issued to finance purchase of land and
building; payable in monthly installments of $14,913, including
interest, through June 2007 with a balloon payment of $1,303,412
due July 2007; interest at a fixed rate of 6.80%; secured by
land and building
|
|
$ |
1,496,121 |
|
|
$ |
1,569,064 |
|
Non-negotiable three year junior subordinated note payable on
September 30, 2007 issued in exchange for 600 shares
of common stock
|
|
|
108,942 |
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations issued to finance purchase of computer
equipment; payable in monthly installments averaging
approximately $68,092, $45,357 and $15,889 in 2005, 2006 and
2007, with maturity dates ranging from March 2005 to December
2007; interest at rates ranging from 7.2% to 11.5%; secured by
computer equipment
|
|
|
1,406,898 |
|
|
|
1,061,214 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,011,961 |
|
|
|
2,630,278 |
|
Less current portion of long-term debt and capital lease
obligations
|
|
|
797,378 |
|
|
|
641,429 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,214,583 |
|
|
$ |
1,988,849 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of January 31, 2004, annual long-term debt and capital
lease obligation maturities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term |
|
Capital Lease |
Fiscal Year |
|
Debt |
|
Obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$ |
78,953 |
|
|
$ |
801,112 |
|
2006
|
|
|
85,984 |
|
|
|
544,278 |
|
2007
|
|
|
1,440,126 |
|
|
|
182,639 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,605,063 |
|
|
|
1,528,029 |
|
Less portion attributable to future interest payments (at rates
ranging from 7.2% to 11.5%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(121,131 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,605,063 |
|
|
$ |
1,406,898 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for income taxes for fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002
consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
3,910,115 |
|
|
$ |
2,987,496 |
|
|
$ |
2,136,445 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
764,726 |
|
|
|
577,535 |
|
|
|
423,050 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,674,841 |
|
|
|
3,565,031 |
|
|
|
2,559,495 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(104,170 |
) |
|
|
135,658 |
|
|
|
465,423 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
(19,671 |
) |
|
|
26,225 |
|
|
|
76,319 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(123,841 |
) |
|
|
161,883 |
|
|
|
541,742 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,551,000 |
|
|
$ |
3,726,914 |
|
|
$ |
3,101,237 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-13
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
Income tax expense computed using the federal statutory rate is
reconciled to the reported income tax expense as follows for
fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory rate applied to income before income taxes
|
|
$ |
4,014,803 |
|
|
$ |
3,279,252 |
|
|
$ |
2,763,881 |
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
491,736 |
|
|
|
385,794 |
|
|
|
329,584 |
|
General business credits
|
|
|
(182,000 |
) |
|
|
(161,023 |
) |
|
|
(117,004 |
) |
Dividends on preferred stock
|
|
|
110,313 |
|
|
|
66,240 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
116,148 |
|
|
|
156,651 |
|
|
|
124,776 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$ |
4,551,000 |
|
|
$ |
3,726,914 |
|
|
$ |
3,101,237 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at
January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred rent amortization
|
|
$ |
518,531 |
|
|
$ |
189,682 |
|
|
Inventory capitalization
|
|
|
850,156 |
|
|
|
572,515 |
|
|
Vacation liability
|
|
|
177,333 |
|
|
|
61,750 |
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
171,477 |
|
|
|
129,071 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
56,000 |
|
|
|
16,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,773,497 |
|
|
|
969,018 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book and tax depreciation differences
|
|
|
(681,945 |
) |
|
|
(188,881 |
) |
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
(462,832 |
) |
|
|
(309,464 |
) |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
(170,652 |
) |
|
|
(129,612 |
) |
|
Other
|
|
|
(137,068 |
) |
|
|
(143,902 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,452,497 |
) |
|
|
(771,859 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$ |
321,000 |
|
|
$ |
197,159 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets,
management considers whether it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during
the periods in which those temporary differences become
deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of
deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and
tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon
the level of historical taxable income and projections for
future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax
assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely
than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these
deductible differences. As such, a valuation allowance for
deferred tax assets was not considered necessary at
January 29, 2005 and January 29, 2004.
|
|
(7) |
Preferred Shares Subject to Mandatory Redemption |
The Companys Series A Preferred Stock is nonvoting
and has liquidation and dividend preferences over the common
stock. All outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
can be redeemed by the Company with board of director approval,
and must be redeemed by April 2009 or earlier in the event of a
change in control or the liquidation of the Company, at a price
of $1,000 per share, plus accrued dividends. Dividends on
Series A Preferred Stock are cumulative at the rate of 9%
of the amount of capital contributed for such shares and are
payable upon the earlier of a declaration by the board of
directors or a change in control or liquidation of the Company.
At January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004 the Company
had accrued interest and dividends payable of
F-14
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
$379,763 and $1,555,313, respectively. During fiscal 2003, the
Companys board of directors adopted a resolution whereby
the Company intends to begin repaying its Series A
Preferred Stock and all dividends accrued thereon at a rate of
$500,000 per quarter, beginning in the second quarter of
fiscal 2004. In fiscal 2004 the Company paid dividends and
interest of $1.5 million.
|
|
(a) |
Stockholders Agreement |
The Company is party to a Stockholders Agreement dated
April 13, 1999 (the Stockholders Agreement)
with Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P., George Bellino and
certain management stockholders. Pursuant to the stockholders
agreement, four members of the Companys board of directors
may be designated by the owners of the majority of the voting
stock beneficially owned by Hampshire Equity Partners and its
affiliates; the Companys stockholders have agreed
generally not to transfer their shares; the Companys
management stockholders have been granted tag-along rights in
the event of the sale of more than 50% of our common stock; the
Companys management stockholders have agreed to cooperate
in any sale of the company by Hampshire Equity Partners and the
Company has agreed to register shares of the Companys
common stock held by the stockholder parties in the event that
the Company registers additional shares of the Companys
common stock under the Securities Act, other than on a
registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8, or in connection
with an exchange offer, merger, acquisition, dividend
reinvestment plan, stock option or other employee benefit plan.
|
|
(b) |
Equity Transactions with Officer |
In December 2001, the Company issued options to an officer for
16,800 shares of common stock. Since the estimated fair
market value of the Companys common stock issued exceeded
the exercise price of these options on the date of grant, the
Company recognized charges to earnings during fiscal 2004, 2003
and 2002 of $44,627, $84,441 and $161,882, respectively.
Additional charges related to these options of $17,721 will be
recognized in fiscal 2005.
|
|
(c) |
Equity Transactions with Majority Stockholder |
In August 2003, the Companys board of directors adopted a
plan whereby stock options are to be issued to the
Companys majority stockholder, as well as certain defined
members of management, in amounts necessary to prevent the
dilution of their ownership percentage as a result of the
issuance of stock options to other employees of the Company.
Options granted under this anti-dilution plan are to be issued
at the estimated fair market value of the Companys common
stock on the date of grant and vest immediately. During fiscal
2004 and 2003, the Company issued stock options for 1,199 and
1,503 shares of common stock, respectively, under this
anti-dilution plan, 1,137 and 1,425, respectively, of which were
issued to its majority stockholder. Because the majority
stockholder does not qualify as an employee, FASB Interpretation
No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving
Stock Compensation, required the Company to recognize a
charge to earnings during fiscal 2004 and 2003 of $58,672 and
$38,832, respectively. The fair value of the vested options was
determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
In 1999, the Company established the 1999 Citi Trends, Inc.
Stock Option Plan (the Plan). The Plan provides for
the grant of incentive and nonqualified options to key employees
and directors. The board of directors determines the exercise
price of option grants. Option grants generally vest in equal
installments over four years from the date of grant and are
generally exercisable up to ten years from the date of grant.
The Company has authorized up to 75,000 shares of common
stock for issuance under the Plan.
F-15
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
A summary of option activity in the Plan for fiscal 2004, 2003
and 2002 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wtd Avg |
|
|
|
Wtd Avg |
|
|
|
Wtd Avg |
|
|
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Shares |
|
Price |
|
Shares |
|
Price |
|
Shares |
|
Price |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at beginning of period
|
|
|
68,899 |
|
|
$ |
20 |
|
|
|
66,496 |
|
|
$ |
11 |
|
|
|
66,096 |
|
|
$ |
10 |
|
Granted
|
|
|
4,799 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
|
7,403 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
1,800 |
|
|
|
54 |
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(600 |
) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(1,500 |
) |
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
(5,000 |
) |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
(1,400 |
) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding end of period
|
|
|
71,598 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
68,899 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
66,496 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable end of period
|
|
|
62,173 |
|
|
$ |
18 |
|
|
|
55,024 |
|
|
$ |
13 |
|
|
|
37,035 |
|
|
$ |
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At January 29, 2005 the range of exercise prices and
weighted-average remaining contractual life of outstanding
options was $10 to $178 and 6 years, respectively.
The following table summarizes the status of Company options
exercisable at January 29, 2005 by exercise price:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Remaining |
|
Number |
Exercise Price |
|
Outstanding |
|
Contractual Life |
|
Exercisable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ 10
|
|
|
59,696 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
57,621 |
|
$ 50
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
400 |
|
$ 70
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
100 |
|
$ 94
|
|
|
3,903 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
2,253 |
|
$ 99
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
|
250 |
|
$116
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
8.8 |
|
|
|
250 |
|
$170
|
|
|
1,400 |
|
|
|
9.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
$177
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
$178
|
|
|
2,599 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
|
|
1,199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,598 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of options granted during the years ended
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003 was $65.02, $34.18 and $20.85,
respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with
the following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00% |
|
|
|
0.00% |
|
|
|
0.00% |
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
50.00% |
|
|
|
50.00% |
|
|
|
50.00% |
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.50% |
|
|
|
2.50% |
|
|
|
3.60% |
|
Expected life, in years
|
|
|
10 years |
|
|
|
10 years |
|
|
|
10 years |
|
Forfeiture rate
|
|
|
10.00% |
|
|
|
10.00% |
|
|
|
10.00% |
|
F-16
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
|
|
(9) |
Commitments and Contingencies |
The Company leases its stores under operating leases, which
generally have an initial term of five years with a five-year
renewal option. Future minimum rental payments under operating
leases having noncancelable lease terms at January 29, 2005
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year: |
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$ |
8,223,506 |
|
2006
|
|
|
7,318,638 |
|
2007
|
|
|
6,032,679 |
|
2008
|
|
|
4,706,191 |
|
2009
|
|
|
2,365,894 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
614,920 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total future minimum lease payments
|
|
$ |
29,261,828 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain operating leases provide for fixed monthly rentals while
others provide for rentals computed as a percentage of net
sales. Certain operating leases provide for a combination of
both fixed monthly rental and rentals computed as a percentage
of net sales. Rental expense was $8,417,799, $6,363,257 and
$4,787,768 for the fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002 (including
$723,471, $794,444 and $539,090 of percentage rent),
respectively.
The Company from time to time is involved in various legal
proceedings incidental to the conduct of its business, including
claims by customers, employees or former employees. The Company
is currently the defendant in two putative collective action
lawsuits commenced by former employees under the Fair Labor
Standards Act. The plaintiff in each of the lawsuits is
represented by the same law firm, and both suits are pending in
District Court of the United States for the Middle District of
Alabama, Northern Division. The plaintiffs in these cases are
seeking unpaid compensation and benefits, liquidated damages,
attorneys fees, costs and injunctive relief. Each of the cases
is in its early stages, and the Company is in the process of
evaluating the claims made. While the Companys review of
the allegations is preliminary, it believes that its business
practices are, and were during the relevant periods, in
compliance with the law. While the Company is unable to predict
the outcome of these matters, it plans to defend these suits
vigorously.
|
|
(10) |
Related Party Transactions |
The Company is a party to an Amended and Restated Management
Consulting Agreement, or the consulting agreement, effective as
of February 1, 2004 with Hampshire Management Company LLC,
or the consultant, which is an affiliate of the Companys
majority shareholder, pursuant to which it provides the Company
with certain consulting services related to, but not limited to,
financial affairs, relationships with lenders, stockholders and
other third-party associates or affiliates, and the expansion of
the Companys business.
The consulting agreement has a four year term and is subject to
automatic one year renewals each February 1, subject to
60 days prior notice of termination by either party. In
addition, either party has the right to terminate the consulting
agreement upon 90 days prior notice in the event of
(a) a sale of all or substantially all of our common stock
or assets, (b) a merger or consolidation in which we are
not the surviving corporation or (c) a registered public
offering of our common stock, which includes this offering. It
is expected that both parties to the consulting agreement will
waive any notice requirement for termination upon consummation
of this offering.
F-17
Citi Trends, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)
January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and
February 1, 2003
Under the consulting agreement, the Company pays the consultant
an annual management fee of $240,000, payable in monthly
installments. The Company agreed to indemnify the consultant,
its affiliates and associates, and each of the respective
owners, partners, officers, directors, members, employees and
agents of each, from and against any loss, liability, damage,
claim or expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel)
relating to their performance under the consulting agreement.
Upon the consummation of the Companys IPO (see
note 12), the Company intends to negotiate a termination of
the consulting agreement and has tentatively agreed to pay the
consultant a termination fee of $1.2 million before
December 31, 2005.
Included in operating expenses are management fees of $240,000,
$240,000 and $190,000 for fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002,
respectively.
|
|
(11) |
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts |
The following table presents amounts that have been reserved on
the balance sheet.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory |
|
|
Shrinkage |
|
|
Reserve |
|
|
|
Balance at February 2, 2002
|
|
$ |
806,367 |
|
|
Additions charged to costs and expenses
|
|
|
2,066,634 |
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
(1,808,188 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at February 1, 2003
|
|
$ |
1,064,813 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions charged to costs and expenses
|
|
|
2,541,749 |
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
(2,672,235 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
934,327 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions charged to costs and expenses
|
|
|
2,917,053 |
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
(2,629,883 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 29, 2005
|
|
$ |
1,221,497 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions charged to costs and expenses is the result of
anticipated inventory shrinkage. Deductions represent actual
inventory shrinkage incurred from physical inventories taken
during the fiscal year.
On February 28, 2005, the Company filed a Form S-1
with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register shares
in an initial public offering (IPO). The IPO is
expected to be consummated during the second quarter of 2005.
On March 8, 2005 the Company adopted the 2005 Long-Term
Incentive Plan which will become effective upon the consummation
of the initial public offering. Under the Incentive Plan, the
Company has reserved 35,000 shares of Common Stock for the
grant of stock options and other equity incentive awards.
F-18
Shares
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
,
2005
CIBC World Markets
Piper Jaffray
SG Cowen & Co.
Wachovia Securities
You should rely only on information contained in this
prospectus. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized
to give information that is not contained in this prospectus.
This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an
offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the
offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in
this prospectus is correct only as of the date of this
prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this
prospectus or any sale of these securities.
Until ,
2005 (25 days after the commencement of the offering), all
dealers that buy, sell or trade the common stock may be required
to deliver a prospectus, regardless of whether they are
participating in the offering. This is in addition to the
dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
Part II
Information Not Required in Prospectus
|
|
Item 13. |
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution. |
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other
than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the
registrant in connection with the sale of the securities being
registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC
registration fee, the NASD fee and the Nasdaq National Market
listing fee.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC Registration fee
|
|
$ |
6,767.75 |
|
NASD filing fee
|
|
|
6,250.00 |
|
Nasdaq national market listing fee
|
|
|
5,000.00 |
|
Printing
|
|
|
* |
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees
|
|
|
* |
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
* |
|
Total
|
|
$ |
* |
|
|
|
* |
To be provided by amendment |
|
|
Item 14. |
Indemnification of Directors and Officers. |
As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our second
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended
and restated by-laws that limit or eliminate the personal
liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty
of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that,
when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an
informed business judgment based on all material information
reasonable available to them. Consequently, a director will not
be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary
damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders; |
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
|
|
|
any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or
other distributions or payment of dividends; or |
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit. |
These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of
equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our
second amended and restated certificate of incorporation also
authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other
agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.
As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, our amended and restated by-laws provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
we may indemnify our directors, officers and employees to the
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law, subject to limited exceptions; |
|
|
|
we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees
in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to
limited exceptions; and |
|
|
|
the rights provided in our amended and restated by-laws are not
exclusive. |
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation,
attached as Exhibit 3.1 hereto, and our amended and
restated by-laws, attached as Exhibit 3.2 hereto, provide
for the indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere
herein. In addition, we have purchased a policy of
directors and officers
II-1
liability insurance that insures our directors and officers
against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment
in some circumstances. These indemnification provisions may be
sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and
directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses
incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
The form of Underwriting Agreement, attached as Exhibit 1.1
hereto, provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us
and our officers and directors for specified liabilities,
including matters arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.
|
|
Item 15. |
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. |
Set forth below in reverse chronological order is information
regarding the number of shares of capital stock and options
issued by us
since ,
2002. Also included is the consideration if any received by us
for the securities.
There was no public offering in any such transaction and we
believe that each transaction was exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by
reason of Regulation D and Section 4(2) of the
1933 Act, based on the private nature of the transactions
and the financial sophistication of the purchasers, all of whom
had access to complete information concerning us and acquired
the securities for investment and not with a view to the
distribution thereof. In addition, we believe that the
transactions described below with respect to the issuance of
option grants and warrants to our employees and directors were
exempt from registration requirements of the 1933 Act by
reason of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder.
Common Stock
In January 2004, a former employee of ours, resigned with
600 shares of vested stock options. The employee exercised
his options in March 2004 pursuant to the provisions of our
Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan and we issued to him
shares of our common stock. In September 2004, pursuant to the
terms and conditions of our Amended and Restated 1999 Stock
Option Plan, we repurchased the 600 shares of common stock
from him for the then fair market value of the common stock. As
consideration we issued him a non-negotiable three year junior
subordinated note in the amount of $106,800. The common shares
we repurchased are currently held by us in treasury stock.
Options
In August 2003, our board of directors adopted a plan whereby
stock options are to be issued to Hampshire Equity Partners, as
well as other common stockholders, in amounts necessary to
prevent the dilution of their ownership percentage as a result
of the issuance of stock options to our other employees. Options
granted under this anti-dilution plan are to be issued at the
estimated fair market value of our common stock on the date of
grant and vest immediately. During fiscal 2003, we issued stock
options for 1,503 shares of common stock under this
anti-dilution plan, 1,425 of which were issued to Hampshire
Equity Partners. Because Hampshire Equity Partners does not
qualify as an employee, FIN No. 44 required us to
recognize a charge to earnings during fiscal 2004 of $38,832.
The fair value of the vested options was determined using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
II-2
|
|
Item 16. |
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
(a) Exhibits. The
following exhibits are filed as part of this registration
statement:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement*** |
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation*** |
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated By-laws*** |
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
Specimen certificate for shares of common stock, $.01 par
value** |
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP** |
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
Letter Agreement by and between R. Edward Anderson and Citi
Trends, Inc., dated November 16, 2001*** |
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
Employment and Non-Interference Agreement by and between George
Bellino and Citi Trends, Inc., dated as of April 13, 1999*** |
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Employment and Non-Interference
Agreement by and between George Bellino and Citi Trends, Inc.,
dated as of December 2001*** |
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
The Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 2, 1999,
by and between Congress Financial Corporation (Southwest) and
Allied Fashion, Inc.*** |
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
June 28, 2000, by and between Congress Financial
Corporation (Southwest) and Allied Fashion, Inc.*** |
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
November 30, 2000, by and between Congress Financial
Corporation (Southwest) and Allied Fashion, Inc.*** |
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
January 2003, by and between Congress Financial Corporation
(Southwest) and Citi Trends, Inc.*** |
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
February 9, 2005, by and between Congress Financial
Corporation (Southwest) and Citi Trends, Inc.*** |
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2004, by and
between Meyer Warehouse, LLC, as landlord, and Citi Trends,
Inc., as tenant*** |
|
|
10.1 |
0 |
|
$3.0 Million Promissory Note of Citi Trends, Inc. payable
to Bank of America issued on June 21, 2004*** |
|
|
10.1 |
1 |
|
Form of 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan*** |
|
|
10.1 |
2 |
|
Form of Nominating Agreement by and between Citi Trends, Inc.
and Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P.* |
|
|
10.1 |
3 |
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as
of ,
2005, by and between Citi Trends, Inc. and Hampshire Equity
Partners II, L.P.** |
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
4 |
|
Amended and Restated Hampshire Management Consulting Agreement,
effective as of February 1, 2004 by and between Citi Trends,
Inc. and Hampshire Management Company LLC* |
|
|
10.1 |
5 |
|
Termination Agreement, dated as
of ,
2005, by and between Citi Trends, Inc. and Hampshire Management
Company LLC** |
|
|
14.1 |
|
|
Citi Trends, Inc. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics** |
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP* |
|
|
23.2 |
|
|
Consent of Paul Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP
(included in Exhibit 5.1)** |
|
|
24.1 |
|
|
Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)*** |
* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by amendment.
*** Previously filed.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to
directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the registrant in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
|
|
|
(1) For purposes of determining any
liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant
pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part
of this registration statement as of the time it was declared
effective. |
|
|
(2) For the purpose of determining
any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each
post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof. |
II-4
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New
York, on the 7th of April, 2005.
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ R. Edward Anderson
|
|
|
|
|
|
R. Edward Anderson |
|
|
Chief Executive
Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas W. Stoltz |
|
|
|
Chief Financial
Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Amendment No. 1 to the registrants
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ R. Edward Anderson
R.
Edward Anderson,
on behalf of himself as well as attorney-in-fact |
|
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
|
April 7, 2005 |
|
/s/ Thomas W. Stoltz
Thomas
W. Stoltz,
on behalf of himself as well as attorney-in-fact |
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting
Officer) |
|
April 7, 2005 |
|
*
George
A. Bellino |
|
Director |
|
April 7, 2005 |
|
*
Gregory
P. Flynn |
|
Director |
|
April 7, 2005 |
|
*
Laurens
M. Goff |
|
Director |
|
April 7, 2005 |
|
*
John
S. Lupo |
|
Director |
|
April 7, 2005 |
|
*
Tracy
L. Noll |
|
Director |
|
April 7, 2005 |
|
*By: /s/ R.
Edward Anderson
R.
Edward Anderson
Attorney-in-Fact |
|
|
|
|
|
*By: /s/ Thomas W.
Stoltz
Thomas
W. Stoltz
Attorney-in-Fact |
|
|
|
|
II-5
Exhibit Index
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement*** |
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation*** |
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated By-laws*** |
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
Specimen certificate for shares of common stock, $.01 par
value** |
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP** |
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
Letter Agreement by and between R. Edward Anderson and Citi
Trends, Inc., dated November 16, 2001*** |
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
Employment and Non-Interference Agreement by and between George
Bellino and Citi Trends, Inc., dated as of April 13, 1999*** |
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Employment and Non-Interference
Agreement by and between George Bellino and Citi Trends, Inc.,
dated as of December 2001*** |
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
The Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 2, 1999,
by and between Congress Financial Corporation (Southwest) and
Allied Fashion, Inc.*** |
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
June 28, 2000, by and between Congress Financial
Corporation (Southwest) and Allied Fashion, Inc.*** |
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
November 30, 2000, by and between Congress Financial
Corporation (Southwest) and Allied Fashion, Inc.*** |
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
January 2003, by and between Congress Financial Corporation
(Southwest) and Citi Trends, Inc.*** |
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
February 9, 2005, by and between Congress Financial
Corporation (Southwest) and Citi Trends, Inc.*** |
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2004, by and
between Meyer Warehouse, LLC, as landlord, and Citi Trends,
Inc., as tenant*** |
|
|
10.1 |
0 |
|
$3.0 Million Promissory Note of Citi Trends, Inc. payable
to Bank of America issued on June 21, 2004*** |
|
|
10.1 |
1 |
|
Form of 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan*** |
|
|
10.1 |
2 |
|
Form of Nominating Agreement by and between Citi Trends, Inc.
and Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P.* |
|
|
10.1 |
3 |
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as
of ,
2005, by and between Citi Trends, Inc. and Hampshire Equity
Partners II, L.P.** |
|
|
10.1 |
4 |
|
Amended and Restated Hampshire Management Consulting Agreement,
effective February 1, 2004, by and between Citi Trends,
Inc. and Hampshire Management Company LLC* |
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
5 |
|
Termination Agreement, dated as
of ,
2005, by and between Citi Trends, Inc. and Hampshire Management
Company LLC** |
|
|
14.1 |
|
|
Citi Trends, Inc. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics** |
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP* |
|
|
23.2 |
|
|
Consent of Paul Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP
(included in Exhibit 5.1)** |
|
|
24.1 |
|
|
Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)*** |
* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by amendment.
*** Previously filed.
EXHIBIT 10.12
FORM OF NOMINATING AGREEMENT
THIS NOMINATING AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of April __,
2005, is entered into by and between Citi Trends, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), and Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership ("Hampshire").
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof and immediately prior to the
consummation of the Company's initial public offering of its common stock, par
value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), Hampshire owns in the aggregate
______________ shares (collectively, the "Shares") of Common Stock; and
WHEREAS, Hampshire and the Company wish to make certain agreements
with respect to the nomination of candidates for election to the board of
directors of the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and considerations herein set forth, the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Board of Directors. The size of the Board of Directors of the
Company (the "Board") shall be established in accordance with the Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company. The members of the Board shall be
nominated and elected in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and
By-Laws of the Company, and the provisions of this Agreement. "Certificate of
Incorporation" shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State
of Delaware and effective as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended from
time to time. "By-Laws" shall mean the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the
Company, effective as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended from time
to time.
2. Staggered Board. The Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of
the Company shall provide that the Board shall be divided into three classes, as
nearly equal in number as possible, as follows: (A) one class initially
consisting of one director ("Class I"), the initial term of which shall expire
at the first annual meeting of the stockholders to be held after the date
hereof; (B) a second class initially consisting of two directors ("Class II"),
the initial term of which shall expire at the second annual meeting of the
stockholders to be held after the date hereof and (C) a third class initially
consisting of two directors ("Class III"), the initial term of which shall
expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders to be held after the date
hereof, with each class to hold office until its successors are elected and
qualified. At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company, the
successors of the members of the class of directors whose term expires at that
meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third
succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. On the date hereof, the Board shall
consist of: (i) _______________ in Class I, (ii) Tracy Noll and John Lupo in
Class II and (iii) R. Edward Anderson and Gregory Flynn in Class III.
3. Designees. Upon expiration of the respective terms of the initial
Board members set forth in Section 2 above, and subject to the provisions of
Section 4 hereof, Hampshire shall have the right to designate individuals for
nomination for election to the Board as set forth below and the Company shall,
acting through its Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, cause such
individuals to be nominated for election to the Board as set forth below;
provided that the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee's obligations
under this Agreement are subject to the requirements of their fiduciary duties
as directors and the Delaware General Corporation Law.
(a) For so long as Hampshire (together with any of its
respective successors and permitted assigns) owns, in the aggregate, at least
forty percent (40%) of the Shares, Hampshire shall be entitled to designate two
persons for nomination for election to the Board; or
(b) For so long as Hampshire (together with any of its
respective successors and permitted assigns) owns, in the aggregate, less than
forty percent (40%), but at least fifteen percent (15%), of the Shares,
Hampshire shall be entitled to designate one person for nomination for election
to the Board.
4. Mechanics of Designation.
(a) In order to nominate an individual for election to the
Board, Hampshire must submit to the Company a prior written notice at least
ninety (90) days prior to the date of the next scheduled annual meeting of the
Company's stockholders in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in
Section 11 hereof, which notice shall include (i) the name of the designee, (ii)
a current resume and curriculum vitae of the designee, (iii) a statement
describing the designee's qualifications and (iv) contact information for
personal and professional references. At least one hundred and twenty (120) days
prior to the date of such annual meeting of the Company's stockholders, the
Company shall provide Hampshire with written notice of the expected date of such
meeting in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in Section 11 hereof.
(b) At each meeting of the Company's stockholders at which the
directors of the Company are to be elected, the Company agrees to recommend that
the stockholders elect to the Board each designee of Hampshire nominated for
election at such meeting in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 above.
5. Vacancies.
(a) At any time at which a vacancy shall be created on the
Board in any class as a result of the death, disability, retirement,
resignation, removal or otherwise of a designee of Hampshire and Hampshire
maintains the right to designate a person for nomination for election to the
Board, as specified in Section 3 above, Hampshire shall have the right to
designate for appointment by the remaining directors of the Company under the
Certificate of Incorporation an individual to fill such vacancy and to serve as
a director on the Board in such class.
(b) In connection with the foregoing, Hampshire must submit to
the Company written notice of such designee or designees in accordance with the
notice provisions set forth in
-2-
Section 11 hereof, which notice shall include (i) the name of the designee, (ii)
a current resume and curriculum vitae of the designee, (iii) a statement
describing the designee's qualifications and (iv) contact information for
personal and professional references. The Company agrees to take such actions as
will result in the appointment to the Board as soon as practicable of any
individual so designated by Hampshire.
6. Modification, Amendment, Waiver. No modification, amendment or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless approved in
writing by the Company and Hampshire. The failure of any party at any time to
enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as
a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the rights of the party
thereafter to enforce the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with its
terms.
7. Invalid or Unenforceable Provisions. Whenever possible, each
provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be
effective and valid under applicable law, but if any term or provision of this
Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under
any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, all other conditions and
provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect
and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction
as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained
herein. The parties further agree that any court of competent jurisdiction is
expressly authorized to modify any such unenforceable provision of this
Agreement in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision from this Agreement
in its entirety, whether by rewriting the offending provision, deleting any or
all of the offending provision, adding additional language to this Agreement, or
by making such other modifications as it deems warranted to carry out the intent
and agreement of the parties as embodied herein to the maximum extent permitted
by law. The parties expressly agree that this Agreement as so modified by a
court of competent jurisdiction shall be binding upon and enforceable against
each of them.
8. Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein,
this document embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and
preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between
the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter
hereof in any way.
9. Binding Effect; Assignment. All of the terms of this Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company and
Hampshire and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided,
however, that this Agreement may not be assigned without the prior written
consent of the other party hereto.
10. Remedies. The parties hereto will be entitled to enforce their
rights under this Agreement specifically (without posting a bond or other
security), to recover damages by reason of any material breach of any provision
of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The
parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate
remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may
in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent
jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to
enforce or prevent any violation of the
-3-
provisions of this Agreement. In the event of any dispute involving the terms of
this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to collect reasonable
fees and expenses incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such
dispute from the other parties to such dispute.
11. Notices. Any notice or other communication in connection with
this Agreement or the Shares shall be deemed to be delivered and received if in
writing (or in the form of a telex or telecopy) addressed as provided below (a)
when actually delivered, in person, (b) if telexed or telecopied to said
address, when electronically confirmed, (c) when delivered if delivered by
overnight courier or (d) in the case of delivery by mail, five (5) business days
shall have elapsed after the same shall have been deposited in the United States
mails, postage prepaid and registered or certified:
If to the Company, to:
Citi Trends, Inc.
102 Fahm Street
Savannah, Georgia 31401
Attention: R. Edward Anderson
Facsimile: (912) 443-3674
with a copy to:
Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP
75 East 55th Street
New York, New York 10022
Attention: William F. Schwitter, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 319-4090
If to Hampshire, to:
Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P.
520 Madison Avenue, 33rd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Laurens M. Goff
Facsimile: (415) 362-1192
12. Term. The term of this Agreement shall terminate upon the
earlier to occur of: (i) the mutual consent in writing of the parties hereto or
(ii) the date on which Hampshire (together with any of its respective
successors and permitted assigns) owns, in the aggregate, less than fifteen
percent (15%) of the Shares.
13. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. All questions
concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will
be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect
to principles of conflicts of law. The parties hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of
the State of Delaware or the United States of America located in the State of
Delaware for any actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to
this Agreement and the
-4-
transactions contemplated hereby (and the parties agree not to commence any
action, suit or proceeding relating hereto except in such courts), and further
agree that service of any process, summons, notice or documents by United States
registered mail to a party in accordance with Section 11 hereof shall be
effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding brought against
such party in any such court and, absent any statute, rule or order to the
contrary, that each party shall have thirty (30) days from actual receipt of any
complaint to answer or otherwise plead with respect thereto. The parties hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of
any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States
of America located in the State of Delaware, and hereby further irrevocably and
unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any
such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an
inconvenient forum.
14. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Agreement
are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this
Agreement.
15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate
counterparts each of which will be an original and all of which taken together
will constitute one and the same agreement.
(Signature Pages Follow)
-5-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
on the day and year first above written.
COMPANY:
CITI TRENDS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:
-------------------------------
Name: R. Edward Anderson
Title: Chief Executive Officer
HAMPSHIRE:
HAMPSHIRE EQUITY PARTNERS II, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership
By: Lexington Equity Partners II, L.P.,
its General Partner
By: Lexington Equity Partners Inc.,
its General Partner
By:
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
[Nominating Agreement]
EXHIBIT 10.14
AMENDED AND RESTATED
HAMPSHIRE MANAGEMENT CONSULTING AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED HAMPSHIRE MANAGEMENT CONSULTING AGREEMENT (this
"Agreement") is executed as of February 28, 2005 and is effective as of February
1, 2004 (the "Effective Date"), by and between HAMPSHIRE MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company and affiliate of Hampshire Equity Partners
II, L.P. (the "Consultant") and CITI TRENDS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company").
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company previously entered into a Management Consulting
Agreement with an affiliate of the Consultant, Lexington Equity Partners II,
L.L.C., on April 13, 1999 (the "Original Agreement");
WHEREAS, Lexington Equity Partners II, L.L.C. has been dissolved;
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain Consultant to provide business and
financial advice to the Company and to amend and restate the Original Agreement;
and
WHEREAS, the Consultant wishes to provide such business and financial
advice to the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
and agreements herein set forth, the parties hereto do hereby agree follows:
Section 1. The Company hereby retains the Consultant, through the
Consultant's own personnel or through personnel available to the Consultant, to
render consulting services from time to time to the Company and its subsidiaries
(whether now existing or hereafter acquired), in connection with their financial
and business affairs, their relationships with their lenders, stockholders and
other third-party associates or affiliates, and the expansion of their
businesses. Consultant shall render such services to the Company in good faith
and in accordance with professional standards and applicable law. Consultant
shall report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board of
Directors") and, when appropriate in conjunction with management, shall prepare
reports and provide other documentation for review by the Board of Directors as
to its work on behalf of the Company. The Board of Directors shall in its sole
discretion determine the scope and breadth of the Consultant's responsibilities
and duties hereunder. The terms of this Agreement shall commence on the date
hereof and continue until February 1, 2009, unless extended, or sooner
terminated, as provided in Section 5 below. The Consultant's personnel shall be
reasonably available to the Company's Board of Directors, managers, auditors and
other personnel for consultation and advice to be rendered pursuant to this
Agreement, subject to Consultant's reasonable convenience and scheduling.
Services may be rendered at the Consultant's offices or at such other locations
selected by the Consultant as the Company and the Consultant shall from time to
time agree.
Section 2. The Company shall pay the Consultant a management fee equal to
$240,000 per year from the Effective Date through the termination of this
Agreement. The Company shall pay the Consultant such management fee in monthly
installments on the last day of each month during the term of this Agreement.
The Company and the Consultant acknowledge and agree that all fees and other
amounts due and owing to the Consultant for all periods prior to the Effective
Date have been paid in full.
Section 3. Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, the Company
shall reimburse Consultant for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and any
reasonable, direct, allocable costs incurred by the Consultant and its personnel
in performing services hereunder to the Company and its subsidiaries upon the
Consultant's rendering of a statement therefor, together with supporting data as
the Company shall reasonably require.
Section 4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not pay the
fees under Section 2 and such fees shall accrue pursuant to the second sentence
of this Section 4, if and to the extent expressly prohibited by the provisions
of any credit, stock, financing or other agreements or instruments binding upon
the Company, its subsidiaries or properties, if the Company has not paid cash
interest on any interest payment date or has postponed or not made any principal
payments with respect to any of their indebtedness on any scheduled payment
dates, or if the Company has not paid cash dividends on any dividend payment
date as set forth in its certificate of incorporation or as declared by its
Board of Directors, or has postponed or not made any redemptions on any
redemption date as set forth in its certificate of incorporation or any
certificate of designation with respect to its preferred stock, if any. Any
payments otherwise owed hereunder, which are not made for any of the
above-mentioned reasons, shall not be canceled but rather shall accrue, without
interest, and shall be payable by the Company promptly when, and to the extent,
that the Company is no longer prohibited from making such payments. This Section
4 will not, in any event, restrict or limit the Company's obligations under
Sections 3, 8 and 9 which will be absolute and not subject to set-off.
Section 5. This Agreement shall be automatically renewed for successive
one (1) year terms starting February 1, 2008 unless either party hereto, within
sixty (60) days prior to the scheduled renewal date, notifies the other party as
to its election to terminate this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this
Agreement may be terminated by not less than ninety (90) days' prior written
notice from the Company to the Consultant at any time after (a) substantially
all of the stock or substantially all of the assets of the Company are sold to
any entity unaffiliated with the Consultant and/or a majority of the Company's
stockholders immediately prior to such sale or (b) the Company is merged or
consolidated into another entity unaffiliated with the Consultant and/or a
majority of the Company's stockholders immediately prior to such merger and the
Company is not the survivor of such transaction, or (c) the consummation of a
public offering and sale of equity securities of the Company pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Section 6. The Consultant shall have no liability to the Company on
account of (a) any advice which it renders to the Company, provided the
Consultant believed in good faith that such advice was useful or beneficial to
the Company at the time it was rendered, or (b) the Consultant's inability to
obtain financing or achieve other results desired by the Company or Consultant's
failure to render services to the Company at any particular time or from time to
time, (c) the failure of any transaction to meet the financial, operating or
other expectations of the Company. The Company's sole remedy for any claim under
this Agreement shall be termination of this Agreement.
Section 7. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
contrary, the Company agrees and acknowledges that the Consultant, Hampshire
Equity Partners II, L.P., their respective affiliates, members, employees, and
directors (the "Hampshire Affiliates") intend to engage and participate in
acquisitions and business transactions outside of the scope of the relationship
created by this Agreement and the Hampshire Affiliates shall not be under any
obligation whatsoever (except to the extent that fiduciary duty principles under
Delaware corporate law may be applicable to individual directors and officers of
the Company) to make such acquisitions, business transactions or other
opportunities through the Company or offer such acquisitions, business
transactions or other opportunities to the Company.
Section 8. The Company will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, indemnify and hold harmless the Consultant, its affiliates and associates,
each of the Hampshire Affiliates, and each of the respective owners, partners,
officers, directors, members, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (the
"Indemnified Parties"), from and against any loss, liability, damage, claim or
expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel) arising as a result of or
in connection with this Agreement; provided, however, that the Company shall not
indemnify any of the Indemnified Parties for any losses, liabilities, damages,
claims or expenses arising as a result of the Consultant's breach (or alleged
breach) of its obligations under Section 10 of this Agreement.
Section 9. Any payments paid by the Company under this Agreement shall not
be subject to set-off and shall be increased by the amount, if any, of any taxes
(other than income taxes) or other governmental charges levied in respect of
such payments, so that the Consultant is made whole for such taxes or charges.
Section 10. (a) This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
parties with respect to the Consultant's rendering of services to the Company.
This Agreement may not be modified, waived, terminated or amended except
expressly by an instrument in writing signed by the Consultant and the Company.
(b) This Agreement may be assigned by either party hereto without
the consent of the other party, provided, however, such assignment shall not
relieve such party from its obligations hereunder. Any assignment of this
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and
their respective successors and assigns.
(c) In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held
to be void or unenforceable in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of
this Agreement and the remaining portion of any provision held void or
unenforceable in part shall continue in full force and effect.
(d) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, notice given
hereunder shall be deemed sufficient if delivered personally or sent by
registered or certified mail to the
address of the party for whom intended at the principal executive offices of
such party, or at such other address as such party may hereinafter specify by
written notice to the other party.
(e) If at any time after the date upon which this Agreement is
executed, the Company acquires or creates one or more subsidiary corporations (a
"Subsequent Subsidiary"), the Company shall cause such Subsequent Subsidiary to
be subject to this Agreement and all references herein to the Company's "direct
and indirect subsidiaries" shall be interpreted to include all Subsequent
Subsidiaries.
(f) Each subsidiary of the Company shall be jointly and severally
liable and obligated hereunder with respect to each obligation, responsibility
and liability of the Company as if a direct obligation of such subsidiary.
(g) No waiver by either party of any breach of any provision of this
Agreement shall be deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver of any preceding or
succeeding breach of such provision or of any other provision herein contained.
(h) The Consultant and its personnel shall, for purposes of this
Agreement, be independent contractors with respect to the Company.
(i) This Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws (and not
the law of conflicts) of the State of New York.
Section 11. The parties shall keep the terms of this Agreement strictly
confidential and shall not reveal them to any person, except as may be necessary
in any proceeding to enforce the terms of this Agreement or as consented to by
the parties hereto.
Section 12. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements between the
parties in the entirety with respect to the subject matter hereof, including the
terms of the Original Agreement, and no agreements or representations, oral or
otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have
been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
[Hampshire Management
Consulting Agreement]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.
HAMPSHIRE MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By: /s/ Thomas J. Walker
-------------------------------------
Name: Thomas J. Walker
Title: Vice President
CITI TRENDS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Thomas W. Stoltz
-------------------------------------
Name: Thomas W. Stoltz
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Citi Trends, Inc.:
We consent to the use of our report dated March 30, 2005, with respect to the
balance sheets of Citi Trends, Inc. as of January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004,
and the related statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
the years ended January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004 and February 1, 2003,
incorporated herein by reference and to the reference to our firm under the
heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
Our report refers to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity".
KPMG LLP
Jacksonville, Florida
April 6, 2005
April 7, 2005
VIA EDGAR AND U.S. MAIL
Securities and Exchange Commission
Division of Corporate Finance
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Mail Stop 0308
Washington, D.C. 20549
Attn: H. Christopher Owings, Assistant Director
RE: CITI TRENDS, INC.
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1
INITIALLY FILED FEBRUARY 28, 2005
FILE NO. 333-123028
Dear Mr. Owings:
On behalf of Citi Trends, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), we
hereby submit three copies of the Company's responses to the Staff's comments
conveyed in a letter to the Company dated March 28, 2005 in connection with the
Staff's review of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 initially
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on February
28, 2005 (the "Registration Statement").
This letter is submitted along with four copies of Amendment No. 1 to Form
S-1 Registration Statement ("Amendment No. 1"). All such copies have been marked
to show changes from the Registration Statement. Amendment No. 1 was transmitted
for filing with the Commission as of the date hereof.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings
specified in the Registration Statement. For your convenience, we have repeated
each of the Staff's comments in bold prior to the Company's response. Unless
otherwise indicated, all page number references in the responses below are to
the internal pages of Amendment No. 1.
PART I
General
1. PLEASE FILE ALL REQUIRED EXHIBITS IN A TIMELY MANNER SO THAT WE MAY
HAVE SUFFICIENT TIME TO REVIEW THEM BEFORE YOU REQUEST EFFECTIVENESS
OF YOUR REGISTRATION STATEMENT. ALSO, PLEASE CONFIRM THAT ANY
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 2
YOU CIRCULATE WILL DISCLOSE ALL NON-RULE 430A INFORMATION, INCLUDING
THE PRICE RANGE AND RELATED INFORMATION BASED ON A BONA FIDE
ESTIMATE OF THE PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE WITHIN THAT RANGE.
The Company will comply with the Staff's comment and provide all
required exhibits in a timely manner before requesting effectiveness
of the Registration Statement. The Company has filed several
additional exhibits with Amendment No. 1 and will file the remaining
exhibits in a subsequent amendment.
The Company is currently establishing the price range and the
offering price with the underwriters. Upon agreeing on a price range
with the underwriters, the Company will file a subsequent amendment
to revise the disclosure to include the price range and the per
share data in the prospectus. The Company confirms that any
preliminary prospectus that is circulated will disclose all non-Rule
430A information, including the price range and the related
information based on a bona fide estimate of the public offering
price within that range.
2. PLEASE PROVIDE US WITH COPIES OF ANY ADDITIONAL ARTWORK YOU INTEND
TO USE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE FOR OUR REVIEW AND COMMENT. PLEASE KEEP
IN MIND THAT WE MAY HAVE COMMENTS ON THESE MATERIALS AND YOU SHOULD
CONSIDER WAITING FOR THESE COMMENTS BEFORE PRINTING AND CIRCULATING
ANY ARTWORK.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by including the
additional artwork on the inside front and inside back cover of the
prospectus.
3. PLEASE REVIEW YOUR DISCLOSURE AND ENSURE THAT YOU IDENTIFY THE
SOURCE FOR THE STATEMENTS YOU PROVIDE. CURRENTLY, YOU INCLUDE MANY
FACTUAL STATEMENTS, BUT YOU HAVE NOT INDICATED WHETHER THE SOURCE OF
THIS INFORMATION IS BASED UPON MANAGEMENT'S BELIEF, INDUSTRY DATA,
REPORTS/ARTICLES, OR ANY OTHER SOURCE. IF THE STATEMENTS ARE BASED
UPON MANAGEMENT'S BELIEF, PLEASE INDICATE THAT THIS IS THE CASE AND
INCLUDE AN EXPLANATION FOR THE BASIS OF THAT BELIEF. ALTERNATIVELY,
IF THE INFORMATION IS BASED UPON REPORTS OR ARTICLES, PLEASE
SUPPLEMENTALLY PROVIDE THESE DOCUMENTS TO US (APPROPRIATELY MARKED
AND DATED). THE FOLLOWING ARE EXAMPLES ONLY OF THE STATEMENTS FOR
WHICH YOU NEED SOURCES:
- "WE PROVIDE THIS OFFERING AT COMPELLING VALUES WITH
NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED BRANDED MERCHANDISE OFFERED AT 20%
TO 60% DISCOUNTS TO DEPARTMENT AND SPECIALTY STORES'
REGULAR PRICES." BUSINESS, PAGE 33.
- "ACCORDING TO A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED FIRM THAT
SPECIALIZES IN APPAREL RESEARCH, RETAIL SALES OF
OFF-PRICE APPAREL TOTALED $16.5 BILLION IN THE U.S. IN
2004, UP MORE THAN 15% FROM 2003." BUSINESS, PAGE 33.
- "THE OFF-PRICE APPAREL MARKET IS DOMINATED BY LARGE
FORMAT, NATIONAL APPAREL COMPANIES[.]" BUSINESS, PAGE
33.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 3
WE MAY HAVE FURTHER COMMENTS ONCE WE EXAMINE YOUR REVISIONS.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising its
disclosure in several locations to identify the source of various
factual statements. For example, please see the revised version of
the second bullet above on page 33 of the prospectus in which the
Company has identified NPD Fashionworld, a division of The NPD
Group, or NPD, as the source of the statement. The Company has also
indicated in several instances where a factual statement is based
upon the Company's belief.
The Company supplementally informs the Staff that a substantial
majority of its merchandise contains a MSRP number on the price tag,
and the Company believes such merchandise is offered at that price
in department or specialty stores. The Company's customary pricing
process is to leave the department or specialty store price on the
price tag of the Company for the nationally recognized branded
merchandise and to establish the Company's price for such
merchandise at 20% to 60% discounts to such department or specialty
store prices. The Company believes many manufacturers supply such
merchandise with a suggested retail price on the price tags.
Additionally, the Company supplementally informs the Staff that
according to information provided by NPD, the Company estimates the
size of the off-price apparel retail market in 2004 totaled $16.5
billion. NPD includes within this market the large retail chains
owned by Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, Ross Stores,
Inc., including Ross Dress For Less, and The TJX Companies, Inc.,
such as Marshalls and T.J. Maxx. For the reported twelve-month
periods closest to December 31, 2004, sales for these three retail
companies, including sales from non-apparel items such as household
goods and accessories, totaled approximately $22.1 billion.
Specifically, The TJX Companies, Inc. reported net sales of $14.9
billion for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2005, Ross Stores,
Inc. reported net sales of $4.2 billion for the fiscal year ended
January 29, 2005, and Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation
reported net sales of $3.0 billion for the twelve-month period ended
November 27, 2004. Although none of these retailers have
specifically reported apparel net sales as a percentage of their
total net sales during these periods, the Company's management
believes that apparel sales represent a majority of total net sales
for the three retailers, representing at least $11.1 billion or over
two-thirds of the total off-price apparel retail market.
4. PLEASE NOTE THE UPDATING REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 3-12 OF REGULATION
S-X.
The Company confirms that it will comply with all updating
requirements of Rule 3-12 of Regulation S-X. The Company has
included in Amendment No. 1 audited financial statements for the
fiscal year ended January 29, 2005 and has provided updated
information throughout the prospectus relating to that financial
data, including under Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 4
Table of Contents
5. THE FOREPART OF YOUR DOCUMENT SHOULD CONSIST OF THE COVER PAGE,
SUMMARY AND RISK FACTORS. PLEASE MOVE THE PARAGRAPHS BENEATH THE
TABLE OF CONTENTS TO A MORE APPROPRIATE LOCATION IN YOUR PROSPECTUS.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure to delete the paragraphs beneath the table of contents
within the prospectus. The first such paragraph appears on the back
cover of the prospectus, and the information contained in the second
such paragraph appears in the Business section under the heading
"Intellectual Property" on page 41 of the prospectus.
Prospectus Summary, page 1
6. THE SUMMARY SECTION IS INTENDED TO PROVIDE A BRIEF OVERVIEW OF THE
KEY ASPECTS OF YOUR OFFERING. CURRENTLY, YOUR SUMMARY IS TOO LONG
AND REPEATS MUCH OF THE INFORMATION FULLY DISCUSSED IN YOUR BUSINESS
SECTION. FOR EXAMPLE, YOU SHOULD REMOVE THE INDUSTRY SECTION FROM
THE SUMMARY SINCE IT ALSO APPEARS IN THE BUSINESS SECTION. ALSO,
PLEASE REMOVE OR SUBSTANTIALLY SHORTEN YOUR DISCUSSION OF YOUR
DIFFERENTIATION STRATEGY, BUSINESS STRENGTHS AND GROWTH STRATEGY. AT
A MINIMUM, THESE SECTIONS SHOULD NOT REPEAT OTHER DISCLOSURE IN THE
SUMMARY. THE SUMMARY IS ONLY INTENDED TO PROVIDE A BRIEF SNAPSHOT OF
THE OFFERING. SEE INSTRUCTION TO ITEM 503(A) OF REGULATION S-K.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
Summary section of the prospectus to provide a brief overview of the
key aspects of the offering, including the increase in average sales
per store over the last five years, and to delete the Industry
section from the Summary.
Risk Factors, page 6
7. YOUR RISK FACTORS SECTION SHOULD BE A DISCUSSION OF THE MOST
SIGNIFICANT FACTORS THAT MAKE YOU OFFERING SPECULATIVE OR RISKY. YOU
SHOULD PLACE RISK FACTORS IN CONTEXT SO YOUR READERS CAN UNDERSTAND
THE SPECIFIC RISK AS IT APPLIES TO YOU. SEE SEC RELEASE NO. 33-7497.
ALSO, YOU SHOULD NOT PRESENT RISKS THAT ARE GENERIC OR CONTAIN
BOILERPLATE LANGUAGE THAT COULD APPLY TO ANY ISSUER OR ANY OFFERING.
WE BELIEVE A DISCUSSION OF RISK IN GENERIC TERMS DOES NOT TELL YOUR
READERS HOW THE RISK MAY AFFECT THEIR INVESTMENT IN YOU. PLEASE
REVISE YOUR RISK FACTORS SECTION GENERALLY TO WRITE EACH RISK FACTOR
IN PLAIN ENGLISH AND AVOID USING BOILERPLATE OR GENERIC RISK
FACTORS. SEE ITEM 503(C) OF REGULATION S-K. AS EXAMPLES, PLEASE
CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS:
- "EXPANSION INTO NEW MARKETS MAY PRESENT RISKS DIFFERENT
FROM OUR EXISTING MARKETS, AND WE MAY HAVE DIFFICULTY
OVERCOMING THEM."
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 5
- "OUR BUSINESS AND GROWTH STRATEGIES DEPEND ON OUR
ABILITY TO OBTAIN A SUFFICIENT AMOUNT OF MERCHANDISE,
AND OUR FAILURE TO MEET CURRENT AND INCREASED
MERCHANDISING NEEDS COULD HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT
ON OUR BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS."
- "CHANGES IN THE REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT GOVERNING OUR
BUSINESS COULD HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR
BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
FURTHER, SOME OF YOUR RISK FACTOR DISCUSSIONS DO NOT CLEARLY AND
CONCISELY CONVEY THE ACTUAL RISK, SUCH AS THE SECOND RISK FACTOR ON
PAGE 8 AND THE LAST RISK FACTOR ON PAGE 10. CONSIDER WHETHER OTHER
SUBSECTIONS OR ELEMENTS OF A DISCUSSION WITHIN A SUBSECTION ARE
NECESSARY FOR THIS SECTION, AND WHETHER CERTAIN RISK FACTORS CAN BE
COMBINED SO THEY ARE NOT REPETITIVE. ACCORDINGLY, PLEASE THOROUGHLY
REVISE THIS SECTION TO MORE PRECISELY ARTICULATE THE RISKS TO YOUR
OFFERING FROM EACH RISK FACTOR, AND TO ENSURE THAT EACH FACTOR IS
WRITTEN IN PLAIN ENGLISH. WE MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL COMMENTS BASED UPON
YOUR REVISIONS.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
Risk Factors section (i) to indicate the risks that relate
specifically to the Company and (ii) to remove boilerplate or
generic risk factors. The Company has also revised the Risk Factors
section to indicate the risks by related categories. Additionally,
the Company has revised the Risk Factors section so that each risk
factor is presented fully in plain English. Please see the revised
Risk Factors section on pages 6 to 15 of the prospectus.
Our business and growth strategies depend on our ability to obtain a sufficient
amount..., page 7
8. PLEASE CONSIDER BREAKING UP THIS RISK FACTOR TO INCLUDE AN
ADDITIONAL RISK FACTOR DISCUSSING YOUR RISKS IN RECEIVING PRODUCTS
THAT YOU ARE PROHIBITED FROM SELLING OR THAT ARE COUNTERFEIT BRANDS
OR UNLICENSED GOODS.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
risk factor to discuss the Company's risk in receiving products it
is prohibited from selling or that comprise counterfeit brands or
unlicensed goods. Please see page 7 of the prospectus.
We rely on only two distribution centers, one of which also serves as..., page 7
9. PLEASE QUANTIFY, TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE, HOW MUCH OF YOUR TOTAL
OPERATIONS DEPEND ON EACH DISTRIBUTION CENTER.
The Company supplementally informs the Staff that the Company
currently operates two distribution centers, the Fahm facility,
which the Company owns,
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 6
and the Coleman facility, which the Company leases. Both
distribution centers perform critical processes of the Company's
total distribution function. The Coleman building handles all of the
Company's receiving functions, while the Fahm building handles all
of the Company's shipping functions. Therefore, all of the Company's
operations depend on both facilities.
We depend on the experience and expertise of our senior management team..., page
9
10. PLEASE IDENTIFY ALL THE KEY PERSONNEL UPON WHOM YOU DEPEND.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
risk factor on page 11 of the prospectus to reflect that R. Edward
Anderson and George A. Bellino are the only key personnel upon whom
the Company depends.
Our failure to protect our trademarks could have a negative effect..., page 9
11. PLEASE STATE WHICH OTHER ENTITIES HAVE TRADEMARKS THAT CONTAIN THE
WORD "CITI" OR SIMILAR MARKS FOR APPAREL AND CLOTHING. ALSO, PLEASE
DISCLOSE THE LIKELIHOOD THAT OTHERS WILL TRY TO PREVENT YOUR
MANUFACTURING OR SALE OF YOUR PRIVATE LABEL MERCHANDISE BY CLAIMING
THAT YOUR MERCHANDISE VIOLATES THEIR TRADEMARKS OR OTHER PROPRIETARY
RIGHTS. FURTHER, PLEASE DISCUSS THE LIKELIHOOD OF THE OTHER
ENTITIES' SUCCESS. IF YOU DO NOT KNOW WHICH ENTITIES HAVE THESE
RIGHTS, OR THE LIKELIHOOD OF A SUCCESSFUL LAWSUIT IS SMALL, PLEASE
CONSIDER DELETING THIS PORTION OF THE RISK FACTOR.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure in the risk factor on page 10 of the prospectus.
Based on informal trademark searches conducted by the Company,
other entities, including Apparel Resources, Inc., Citicraze
Casualware, Inc., T. Juniors Inc. and Citicorp Corp., have live
federal trademark registrations that include the word "Citi" for
use in connection with clothing generally or women's clothing
specifically. Other entities also have cancelled registrations
and abandoned applications for marks that include the word "Citi".
Adverse trade restrictions may disrupt our supply of merchandise..., page 12
12. PLEASE SPECIFY THE FOREIGN COUNTRIES IN WHICH YOUR MERCHANDISE IS
CURRENTLY MANUFACTURED, AND PLEASE DISCLOSE ANY SPECIFIC POLITICAL
RISKS THAT WOULD EFFECT YOUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS IN THESE COUNTRIES.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 10 of the prospectus to indicate that the
Company currently receives merchandise from China, Taiwan, the
Philippines and other areas of the Far East. The Company
respectfully submits that it is difficult to assess and predict the
specific political risks that may arise in the future within these
foreign countries and negatively impact the Company's business
operations.
Use of Proceeds, page 17
13. YOU STATE THAT WITH YOUR PROCEEDS YOU INTEND TO REPAY YOUR
OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS TO NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE, BANK OF
AMERICA, AND CONGRESS FINANCIAL. PLEASE DISCLOSE THE AMOUNTS YOU
CURRENTLY OWE TO EACH OF
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 7
THESE BANKS AND WHETHER YOU WILL REPAY THE DEBTS IN FULL. ALSO,
PLEASE TELL US IF THESE DEBTS WERE INCURRED WITHIN THE LAST YEAR. IF
SO, PLEASE DESCRIBE THE USE OF THE PROCEEDS OF THIS INDEBTEDNESS
OTHER THAN SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS USED FOR WORKING CAPITAL. SEE
INSTRUCTION 4 TO ITEM 504 OF REGULATION S-K.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
Use of Proceeds disclosure on page 17 of the prospectus to state
that the Company will repay all outstanding indebtedness to National
Bank of Commerce, Bank of America and Congress Financial. Also, the
Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the Use of
Proceeds disclosure to state the approximate dollar amounts owed to
National Bank of Commerce; however, the amounts owed by the Company
to each of Bank of America and Congress Financial is unknown at this
time due to the revolving nature of the facilities.
The Company supplementally advises the Staff that the indebtedness
under its $3.0 million line of credit with Bank of America and its
$25.0 million line of credit with Congress Financial that is being
repaid with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering
consists of short-term indebtedness incurred for the purchase of
inventory and other working capital purposes.
14. YOU STATE THAT IF YOU HAVE ANY REMAINING NET PROCEEDS YOU WILL USE
THE PROCEEDS FOR NEW STORE OPENINGS, INCLUDING THE ACQUISITION OR
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW DISTRIBUTION CENTER IN FISCAL 2006.
SINCE THIS IS AN UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING, IT CAN REASONABLY BE
EXPECTED THAT THE ACTUAL PROCEEDS WILL NOT BE SUBSTANTIALLY LESS
THAN YOUR AGGREGATE PROCEEDS. THEREFORE, PLEASE TELL US WHY YOU HAVE
NOT DETERMINED APPROXIMATELY HOW MUCH OF THE REMAINING PROCEEDS YOU
WILL SPEND ON NEW STORE OPENINGS OR A NEW DISTRIBUTION CENTER.
The Company supplementally informs the Staff that the extent to
which the Company will finance the opening of its new stores with
internally generated cash flows depends, in part, on its results of
operations and therefore it is not possible to establish the precise
level of net proceeds from this offering that will be used by the
Company for new store openings. In addition, the timing of the
Company's design and construction, lease or purchase of a new
distribution center is indeterminable at this time. The Company has
hired a third party to conduct a site and feasibility study
regarding the necessary size and location of the new distribution
facility.
15. ALSO, SINCE THESE PROCEEDS WILL BE USED TO ACQUIRE ASSETS, OTHERWISE
THAN IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF BUSINESS, PLEASE DESCRIBE BRIEFLY AND
STATE THE COST OF THESE ASSETS. FURTHER, IF ANY OF THESE ASSETS ARE
TO BE ACQUIRED FROM YOUR AFFILIATES OR THEIR ASSOCIATES, PLEASE GIVE
THE NAMES OF THE PERSONS FROM WHOM THEY ARE TO BE ACQUIRED AND SET
FORTH THE PRINCIPLE FOLLOWED IN DETERMINING THEIR COST. SEE
INSTRUCTION 5 TO ITEM 504 OF REGULATION S-K.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 8
The Company supplementally informs the Staff that the costs related
to the potential design and construction or purchase of a new
distribution center are costs that are incurred in the ordinary
course of business of a growth retailer's life cycle. Other than the
potential acquisition of the distribution center as discussed above
and as specifically disclosed in the prospectus, the Company does
not plan to acquire assets other than in the ordinary course of
business. The Company additionally informs the Staff that the
Company has no current agreement, arrangement, understanding or
intention to acquire any assets through or from any affiliates of
the Company or any of their associates.
Selected Financial and Operating Data, page 20
16. PLEASE INCLUDE THE AMOUNTS FOR THE "NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE" AND
"WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARE."
For the reasons indicated in the Company's response to Staff comment
#1, the Company has not revised the disclosure within the prospectus
to include the per share data in Amendment No. 1, but will comply
with the Staff's comment and revise the disclosure in a subsequent
amendment to include the amounts for the net income per common share
and weighted average share.
17. PLEASE EXPAND THE BALANCE SHEET DATA ON PAGE 21 TO SHOW THE
MANDATORY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AS A LIABILITY FOR THE YEARS
PRIOR TO THE RECLASSIFICATION.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure within the balance sheet data on page 21 of the
prospectus to show mandatory redeemable preferred stock as a
liability for all periods presented.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results...,
page 22
18. WE NOTE FROM THE DISCLOSURE ON PAGE 12 THAT YOU ARE INSTITUTING
CHANGES TO ADDRESS AND IMPROVE YOUR INTERNAL CONTROL PROCEDURES AND
COMPLIANCE CAPABILITIES. IN THIS SECTION, PLEASE DISCUSS THE
IMPROVEMENTS THAT YOU MUST MAKE TO YOUR INTERNAL AND DISCLOSURE
CONTROLS TO THE EXTENT THAT YOU BELIEVE YOU WILL HAVE DIFFICULTY
IMPLEMENTING THESE CHANGES AND THAT THESE AREAS WILL REMAIN A RISK
TO YOUR FINANCIAL REPORTING OBLIGATIONS.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by adding
disclosure on page 23 of the prospectus relating to the Company's
internal control procedures and compliance capabilities. The Company
supplementally informs the Staff that it has hired RSM McGladrey, a
professional consulting firm, to assist the Company in the
compliance process. The Company has revised the disclosure on page
23 of the prospectus to indicate that the Company anticipates
retaining additional personnel to assist the Company in satisfying
its Section 404 compliance obligations, and is currently evaluating
whether such personnel will be retained as consultants or employees
of the Company. The Company has experienced difficulty in hiring
individuals with experience in financial reporting and compliance
with the accounting rules and regulations of the Commission. The
Company believes that consultants can fill any short fall related
to such employees. Although the Company is instituting changes to
address and improve internal control procedures and
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 9
compliance capabilities, the Company is not aware of any difficulty
in implementing these changes and believes that the implementation
process presents no material risks to the Company's financial
reporting obligations.
19. PLEASE EXPAND THIS SECTION TO DISCUSS KNOWN MATERIAL TRENDS AND
UNCERTAINTIES THAT WILL HAVE, OR ARE REASONABLY LIKELY TO HAVE, A
MATERIAL IMPACT ON YOUR REVENUES OR INCOME OR RESULT IN YOUR
LIQUIDITY DECREASING OR INCREASING IN ANY MATERIAL WAY. PLEASE
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE QUALITY AND VARIABILITY OF
YOUR EARNINGS AND CASH FLOWS SO THAT INVESTORS CAN ASCERTAIN THE
LIKELIHOOD OF THE EXTENT PAST PERFORMANCE IS INDICATIVE OF FUTURE
PERFORMANCE. WE NOTE, FOR EXAMPLE, THAT YOUR COMPARABLE STORES SALES
HAVE DECLINED SIGNIFICANTLY FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 30, 2004
TO LEVELS BELOW THOSE FOLLOWING YOUR REMODELING INITIATIVES. PLEASE
DISCUSS WHETHER YOU EXPECT LEVELS TO REMAIN AT THIS LEVEL OR TO
INCREASE OR DECREASE. ALSO, YOU SHOULD CONSIDER DISCUSSING THE
IMPACT OF ANY CHANGES ON YOUR EARNINGS. FURTHER, PLEASE DISCUSS IN
REASONABLE DETAIL:
- ECONOMIC OR INDUSTRY-WIDE FACTORS RELEVANT TO YOUR
COMPANY, AND
- MATERIAL OPPORTUNITIES, CHALLENGES, AND RISKS IN SHORT
AND LONG TERM AND THE ACTIONS YOU ARE TAKING TO ADDRESS
THEM.
SEE ITEM 303 OF REGULATION S-K AND SEC RELEASE NO. 33-8350.
The Company has evaluated the known material trends and
uncertainties that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a
material impact on the Company's revenues or income or result in the
Company's liquidity decreasing or increasing in any material way and
respectfully submits that it believes that it has addressed the
Staff's comment in its disclosure. The Company also submits that the
trends in comparable stores sales growth are discussed throughout
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations with specific emphasis in the fifth and sixth
paragraphs of the "Overview" of that section.
20. WE NOTE THAT MANAGEMENT USES OPERATING STATISTICS, SUCH AS CUSTOMER
COUNTS, ITEMS PURCHASED PER CUSTOMER, AND AVERAGE ITEM PRICE. PLEASE
CONSIDER PROVIDING THESE METRICS AND ANY OTHER STATISTICS, SUCH AS
SALES PER SQUARE FOOT AND AVERAGE AMOUNT OF CUSTOMER PURCHASES, TO
ENABLE INVESTORS TO VIEW YOUR OPERATIONS THROUGH MANAGEMENT'S EYES.
With respect to the operating statistics referred to in the Staff's
comment, the Company respectfully submits that disclosing such
statistics would place the Company at a competitive disadvantage.
In addition, the Company disfavors the disclosure of such operating
statistics within the prospectus, as the data underlying such
statictics is subjective and imprecise. Although operating
statistics such as customer counts, items per customer and average
item price are useful to management in analyzing operating
performance, without knowledge of and experience in the retail
apparel industry such operating
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 10
statistics could be potentially confusing and misleading to
investors given the subjectivity of the analysis of such data. In
addition, management believes that publicly disclosing such
operating statistics would place the Company at a competitive
disadvantage to other companies in the discount retail business as
other companies do not make such disclosures. However, in response
to the Staff's comment, the Company has revised its disclosure on
pages 22 and 23 to include information related to average sales per
store.
21. IF YOU CHOOSE TO PRESENT THE NON-GAAP MEASURE OF "AVERAGE STORE
LEVEL CASH FLOW" SHOWN ON PAGE 22, PLEASE REVISE TO INCLUDE ALSO THE
DISCLOSURES REQUIRED BY ITEM 10(E) OF REGULATION S-K.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by replacing the
disclosure on pages 22 and 36 of the prospectus pertaining to
"average store level cash flow" with disclosures relating to "store
operating profit", including the manner in which store operating
profit is calculated.
Overview, page 22
22. PLEASE DISCLOSE THE STATUS OF ANY ACTIONS YOU HAVE COMPLETED IN
FURTHERANCE OF ACQUIRING OR DESIGNING AND CONSTRUCTING A NEW
DISTRIBUTION CENTER IN SOUTHEASTERN GEORGIA IN FISCAL YEAR 2006.
ALSO, PLEASE STATE THE LIKELIHOOD THAT A NEW DISTRIBUTION CENTER
WILL BE OPERATIONAL BY THAT TIME.
The Company supplementally informs the Staff that the Company is in
the needs assessment and site location process relative to its new
distribution center. As noted in the Company's response to Staff
comment #14 above, the Company believes it will need additional
distribution capacity for the spring of 2007 and therefore intends
to have a new facility operational by the end of 2006. The Company
has hired a third party to conduct a site and feasibility study
regarding the necessary size and location of the new distribution
facility. The Company expects to receive the results of the study in
the near future, and the Company expects that after receipt of the
report, the Company will determine whether to design and construct,
purchase or lease a new distribution center and will select a
suitable location.
23. PLEASE FURTHER EXPLAIN THE IMPACT THAT THE WTO AGREEMENT ON TEXTILES
AND CLOTHING WILL HAVE ON YOUR OPERATIONS. WE NOTE THAT EVEN THOUGH
THE AVERAGE DOLLAR AMOUNT OF SALES PER CUSTOMER SPENT IN YOUR STORES
WOULD BE REDUCED, APPARENTLY, SO WOULD YOUR COST IN PURCHASING YOUR
STOCK GOODS. ALSO, WHAT "VARIOUS ACTIONS" HAVE BEEN TAKEN OR
THREATENED BY PARTIES AFFECTED BY THE REMOVAL OF THE QUOTAS, AND WHO
ARE THE PARTIES TO WHOM YOU ARE REFERRING?
The Company respectfully submits that, while the Company's goods
could become less expensive, competition will likely require most
apparel retailers to decrease proportionately the prices they charge
customers for such goods. As a result of the removal of the quotas,
the Company may have to sell significantly
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 11
more merchandise in order to achieve the same amount of total sales
as in prior periods, which could significantly impact the Company's
profit margins.
At the end of 2004, the U.S. textile and apparel industry petitioned
the U.S. government to impose "safeguards" (special quantitative
restrictions) on twelve categories of textile and apparel based upon
the "threat" being posed by the removal of quotas on January 1,
2005. The U.S. government did impose the safeguard measures, but an
injunction was imposed by the U.S. Court of International Trade
because the actions had been based only on "threat" data. It is
expected that the injunction will be reconsidered by the court in
late April or mid-May. On April 4, 2005, the U.S. Department of
Commerce initiated safeguard proceedings with respect to three
products (cotton knit shirts and blouses, cotton trousers and cotton
and man-made fiber underwear) to evaluate the effect of removal of
the quotas and the necessity of any remedial action.
Results of Operations, page 24
24. PLEASE DISCUSS ANY OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS THAT HAVE, OR ARE
REASONABLY LIKELY TO HAVE, A CURRENT OR FUTURE EFFECT ON YOUR
FINANCIAL CONDITION, REVENUES OR EXPENSES, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS,
LIQUIDITY OR CAPITAL RESOURCES. SEE ITEM 303(A)(4) OF REGULATION
S-K.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 30 of the prospectus to state that, other than
the Company's store operating leases, which are described in the
prospectus, the Company does not have any off-balance sheet
arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current
or future effect on its financial condition, revenue, expenses,
results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.
Quarterly Results of Operations, page 26
25. PLEASE ADD PER SHARE DATA TO YOUR QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AS
REQUIRED BY ITEM 302(A)(L) OF REGULATION S-K.
For the reasons indicated in the Company's response to Staff comment
#1, the Company has not revised the disclosure to include the per
share data in Amendment No. 1, but will comply with the Staff's
comment and revise the disclosure in a subsequent amendment to add
the per share data to the Company's quarterly results of operations.
Liquidity Sources, Requirements and Contractual Cash Requirements..., page 28
26. IN THIS SECTION, YOU STATE THAT "[S]OME OPERATING LEASES PROVIDE FOR
FIXED MONTHLY RENTALS WHILE OTHERS PROVIDE FOR RENTALS COMPUTED AS A
PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES." ON PAGE 40, YOU SAY THAT YOUR "TYPICAL
STORE LEASE" REQUIRES YOU TO PAY "PERCENTAGE RENT." PLEASE REVISE
ONE OR BOTH OF THESE STATEMENTS SO THAT YOUR DOCUMENT REFLECTS
CONSISTENTLY HOW YOUR LEASES ARE STRUCTURED. TO THE EXTENT
PRACTICABLE, QUANTIFY THE NUMBER OF LEASES WITH FIXED MONTHLY
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 12
RENTALS COMPARED TO THOSE FOR WHICH RENTALS ARE COMPUTED AS A
PERCENTAGE OF SALES.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
statements on pages 29 and 30 of the prospectus to ensure the
disclosures within the prospectus reflect consistently the manner in
which the Company's leases are structured. In addition, on page 41
of the prospectus the Company has added disclosure regarding the one
store with a fixed monthly rental as compared to the rest of the
Company's stores for which rentals are computed as a percentage of
sales.
27. PLEASE INCLUDE CONTINGENT LEASE PAYMENTS IN THE CONTRACTUAL
OBLIGATIONS SCHEDULE, IF ESTIMABLE, ALONG WITH DISCLOSURE OF THE
ASSUMPTIONS USED TO CALCULATE THE ESTIMATE.
The Company has not revised the disclosure to reflect the Staff's
comment, as the amount of contingent lease payments for future years
is not estimable, in part due to the inability to accurately
estimate sales on a per store basis. The Company has added
disclosure within footnote 3 on page 29 of the prospectus to
reflect the amount recognized by the Company in fiscal 2004.
28. IN FOOTNOTE 5, PLEASE EXPAND YOUR DISCLOSURE TO INDICATE IF THE
TERMINATION FEE TO BE PAID UPON CONSUMMATION OF THE OFFERING HAS
BEEN PAID OR WILL BE PAID FROM THE PROCEEDS.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure in what is now footnote 4 on page 29 of the prospectus to
state that the termination fee will be paid no later than December
31, 2005, will be recognized as an expense upon consummation of the
offering and will not be paid from the proceeds of the offering.
Critical Accounting Policies, page 30
29. PLEASE REVISE YOUR DISCLOSURE TO PRESENT A MORE ROBUST DISCUSSION AS
TO WHY THESE ARE CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES. THIS DISCLOSURE
SHOULD SUPPLEMENT, NOT DUPLICATE, THE DESCRIPTION OF ACCOUNTING
POLICIES THAT ARE ALREADY DISCLOSED IN THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS. THE DISCLOSURE SHOULD PROVIDE GREATER INSIGHT INTO THE
QUALITY AND VARIABILITY OF INFORMATION REGARDING FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND OPERATING PERFORMANCE. THE DISCUSSION IN YOUR MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS SHOULD PRESENT YOUR ANALYSIS OF THE
UNCERTAINTIES INVOLVED IN APPLYING A PRINCIPLE AT A GIVEN TIME OR
THE VARIABILITY THAT IS REASONABLY LIKELY TO RESULT FROM ITS
APPLICATION OVER TIME. ADDITIONALLY, PLEASE UNDERTAKE THE FOLLOWING:
- DISCUSS WHY MANAGEMENT BELIEVES THE ACCOUNTING POLICY IS
CRITICAL;
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 13
- DISCUSS HOW ACCURATE YOUR ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS HAVE
BEEN IN THE PAST, HOW MUCH THEY HAVE CHANGED IN THE
PAST, AND WHETHER THEY ARE LIKELY TO CHANGE IN THE
FUTURE; AND
- INCLUDE QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURE OF YOUR SENSITIVITY TO
CHANGE BASED ON OTHER OUTCOMES THAT ARE REASONABLY
LIKELY TO OCCUR AND THAT WOULD HAVE A MATERIAL EFFECT ON
THE COMPANY.
FOR EXAMPLE, FOR YOUR REVENUE RECOGNITION POLICY YOU COULD DISCUSS
THE PROVISION FOR SALES RETURNS AND ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
BOTH ON A TOTAL COST BASIS AS WELL AS ON A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES.
YOUR DISCUSSION COULD FURTHER ADDRESS VARIANCES THAT HAVE OCCURRED
IN HISTORIC RESULTS, TRENDS, AND FUTURE EXPECTATIONS, AS WELL AS THE
IMPACT TO THE STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS RESULTING FROM HYPOTHETICAL
CHANGES. SEE ITEM V OF RELEASE NOS. 33-8350/34-48960.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure within Critical Accounting Policies on pages 30 and 31 of
the prospectus to include only those accounting policies that
require substantive management judgment and that have the potential
to materially affect the Company's financial results.
With respect to the third bullet point of the Staff's comment, the
Company respectfully submits that it would not be practicable to
present quantitative information with respect to the Company's
critical accounting policies and that such information would not be
useful to investors given the nature of such policies.
Business, page 33
30. SINCE THE STRENGTH OF YOUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS IS IN OFFERING YOUR
MERCHANDISE AT DISCOUNTS TO YOUR CUSTOMERS, PLEASE DETAIL YOUR PLANS
IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO "OPPORTUNISTICALLY" PURCHASE MERCHANDISE AT
REDUCED PRICES AND THROUGH CLOSE-OUTS.
The Company supplementally informs the Staff that the Company has no
alternative plans to being an off-price opportunistic and/or
close-out buyer. The Company anticipates being able
opportunistically to purchase merchandise at reduced prices and
through close-outs. Other large retailers, such as TJ Maxx, have
operated for many years as off-price, close-out retailers.
31. YOU STATE THAT YOU DO NOT SPEND LARGE SUMS ON FIXTURING, LEASEHOLD
IMPROVEMENTS, EQUIPMENT, OR OTHER START UP COSTS, YET ON PAGE 22,
YOU STATE THAT YOUR AVERAGE INVESTMENT FOR THE 40 STORES OPENED IN
FISCAL 2004 WAS APPROXIMATELY $280,000. PLEASE PROVIDE SUPPORT THAT
THIS IS NOT A COMPARATIVELY "LARGE SUM" IN YOUR INDUSTRY.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 22 of the prospectus to delete the statement that
the amount was not a comparatively "large sum" in the retail
industry.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 14
Growth Strategy, page 35
32. PLEASE EXPLAIN WHAT YOU MEAN BY "MERCHANDISING ENHANCEMENTS" AND THE
"EXPANSION OF ADJACENT PRODUCT CATEGORIES." ALSO, PLEASE IDENTIFY
THE GEOGRAPHIC AREAS IN WHICH YOU EXPECT TO EXPAND.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on pages 22 and 35 of the prospectus to expand on the use
of both of the terms. The Company supplementally informs the Staff
that the Company uses the term "merchandising enhancements" to
describe its strategy to increase the assortment and amount of
inventory in certain existing categories for which recent sales
and/or sales trends are encouraging. The Company intends to continue
to expand its relationships with important vendors and brokers. The
phrase "expansion of adjacent product categories" refers to the
Company's intention further to expand certain new product areas,
such as the Company's home decor, gifts and accessories and intimate
apparel product categories, as specifically disclosed on pages 2, 22
and 35 of the prospectus. Based upon an analysis of the Company's
target customer, the Company has identified potential store
locations and expansion into each of Delaware, Illinois, Indiana,
Kentucky, Michigan, Missouri, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania and
Wisconsin by calendar 2008.
Store Operations, page 35
33. PLEASE DISCUSS HOW YOUR LAYAWAY PROGRAM COMPARES TO INDUSTRY
PRACTICE. SEE ITEM L01(C)(1)(VI) OF REGULATION S-K. ALSO, PLEASE
DISCLOSE THE AMOUNT OF THE RE-STOCKING FEE.
The Company supplementally informs the Staff that the Company's
management believes competitors in the industry have instituted
similar layaway programs. The Company directs the Staff to the
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 22, 2004 by one of its
direct competitors, The Cato Corporation (the parent company of It's
Fashions), which discusses a similar layaway program. The Company
has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the disclosure to
include the amount of the re-stocking fee.
Product Merchandising and Pricing, page 37
34. PLEASE IDENTIFY THE MANUFACTURERS OF THE PRODUCTS THAT ARE TYPICALLY
REPRESENTED BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED BRANDS TO THE EXTENT THAT THESE
BRANDS INDIVIDUALLY REPRESENT A MATERIAL PORTION OF YOUR SALES.
The Company supplementally provides the following list of
manufacturers that typically provide nationally recognized brands:
Baby Phat, Dickies, FuBu, Phat Farm, Rocawear, South Pole and US
Polo Association. Although these brands collectively represent a
material portion of the Company's sales, no single brand represents
a material portion of the Company's sales. The Company has
determined not to include the list of manufacturers in the
prospectus for several reasons, including the fact that no single
brand represents a material portion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 15
Company's sales, the requirement to obtain the manufacturers'
consent to include them within such a list and the fact that the
common practice in the retail industry is not to identify the
manufacturers.
Sourcing and Allocation, page 38
35. PLEASE DISCLOSE THE NAMES OF YOUR TWO INDEPENDENT FASHION CONSULTING
FIRMS. ALSO, IF YOU HAVE ANY MATERIAL AGREEMENTS WITH THESE FIRMS,
PLEASE FILE THEM AS MATERIAL CONTRACTS. SEE ITEM 601(B)(10) OF
REGULATION S-K.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 38 of the prospectus to identify the two
independent fashion consulting firms. The Company supplementally
informs the Staff that the Company does not have any agreements with
these fashion consulting firms.
36. PLEASE DISCLOSE WHY YOU BELIEVE ALTERNATE SOURCES OF MERCHANDISE FOR
ALL PRODUCT CATEGORIES ARE AVAILABLE AT COMPARABLE PRICES SHOULD YOU
CHANGE YOUR SUPPLIERS; ESPECIALLY IF YOUR SALES ARE DEPENDENT ON
"NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED BRANDS." FURTHER, PLEASE DISCUSS ANY OTHER
FACTORS THAT MAY DISRUPT THE AVAILABILITY OF YOUR PRODUCTS, AND YOUR
ALTERNATIVES SHOULD A DISRUPTION OCCUR. SEE ITEM 101(C)(1)(III) OF
REGULATION S-K.
As disclosed on page 37 in the prospectus, approximately 30% of the
merchandise that the Company sells is from nationally recognized
brands. The Company purchases this nationally recognized brand
merchandise from approximately 30 to 50 vendors. The Company
believes that alternate sources of merchandise for all product
categories are available at comparable prices, as thousands of
vendors are available to supply the Company with merchandise. In
addition, the Company strives to maintain strong relationships with
its vendors in order to obtain quality merchandise in acceptable
price ranges.
Distribution, page 39
37. IN THIS SECTION, YOU DESCRIBE YOUR PRACTICES REGARDING HOW YOU
HANDLE WORKING CAPITAL ITEMS. IN ADDITION, PLEASE DISCUSS INDUSTRY
PRACTICES IN HANDLING WORKING CAPITAL ITEMS. FOR EXAMPLE, PLEASE
DISCLOSE HOW YOU COMPARE WITH OTHERS IN YOUR INDUSTRY IN CARRYING
THE PROPER AMOUNT OF INVENTORY TO MEET YOUR DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS
AND ASSURE YOURSELF OF A CONTINUOUS ALLOTMENT OF GOODS FROM
SUPPLIERS. ALSO, PLEASE DISCUSS YOUR CUSTOMERS' RIGHTS TO RETURN
PURCHASED MERCHANDISE, IF ANY, AND HOW YOUR POLICIES COMPARE WITH
INDUSTRY PRACTICE. SEE ITEM 101(C)(1)(VI) OF REGULATION S-K.
The Company supplementally informs the Staff that the Company
handles working capital items by establishing and maintaining target
inventory turn ratios to measure management's performance. The
Company's buyers continuously search for merchandise in the apparel
markets on behalf of the Company. The Company supplementally informs
the Staff that the Company does not compare
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 16
its targets with other retailers, as most retailers have unique ways
of calculating inventory performance through inventory turns, weeks
of supply or other measures. Overall, the Company's existing and new
store sales growth suggests that its has not had significant
difficulties in carrying appropriate inventory levels. Additionally,
the Company's gross margins have remained consistent from 2000 to
2004, indicating that the Company does not carry an excess of
inventory.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by including
disclosure about our return policies on page 38 of the prospectus.
Information Technology and Systems, page 39
38. WE NOTE THAT YOU ANTICIPATE SELLING SELECTED BRANDED APPAREL
PROVIDED BY THIRD PARTIES ON YOUR WEBSITE. PLEASE CONSIDER
DISCUSSING IN MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS YOUR EXPECTATIONS
REGARDING THE EFFECT OF THESE SALES ON YOUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR FUTURE PERIODS TO THE EXTENT THAT YOU BELIEVE THESE SALES WILL
HAVE A MATERIAL EFFECT ON YOUR OPERATIONS.
The Company has not revised its disclosure within the prospectus in
response to the Staff's comment because the selling of selected
branded apparel on the Company's website is expected to be
immaterial in the near term.
Competition, page 40
39. PLEASE ESTIMATE YOUR COMPETITIVE POSITION RELATIVE TO THE
COMPETITORS YOU MENTION. ALSO, PLEASE DISCUSS THE PRINCIPAL METHODS
OF COMPETITION AND THE POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE FACTORS PERTAINING TO
YOUR COMPETITIVE POSITION. SEE ITEM 101(C)(1)(X) OF REGULATION S-K.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure in the Business section under the heading "Competition"
on page 40 of the prospectus.
Legal Proceedings, page 41
40. FOR THE TWO PROCEEDINGS THAT YOU MENTION, PLEASE INCLUDE THE NAME OF
THE COURT, THE PRINCIPAL PARTIES, A DESCRIPTION OF THE FACTUAL BASIS
ALLEGED TO UNDERLIE THE PROCEEDINGS, AND THE RELIEF SOUGHT BY THE
PLAINTIFFS. SEE ITEM 103 OF REGULATION S-K.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 41 of the prospectus to include the name of the
court, the principal parties, a description of the factual basis
alleged to underlie the proceedings and the relief sought by the
plaintiffs.
Executive Officers and Directors, page 42
41. ON PAGE 52, YOU STATE THAT MR. BELLINO WAS YOUR CHIEF EXECUTIVE
OFFICER AND PRESIDENT FROM APRIL 1999 TO DECEMBER 2001. HOWEVER, IN
THIS SECTION, YOU STATE THAT MR. BELLINO HAS BEEN YOUR PRESIDENT AND
CHIEF MERCHANDISING OFFICER SINCE JANUARY 1997. PLEASE REVISE OR
ADVISE.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 17
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 42 of the prospectus to reflect that Mr. Bellino
served as the Company's Chief Executive Officer and President from
April 1999 to December 2001.
42. PLEASE DISCLOSE HOW MR. GOFF HAS BEEN "ASSOCIATED" WITH HAMPSHIRE
EQUITY PARTNERS SINCE AUGUST 1998. SEE ITEM 401(E) OF REGULATION
S-K.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 43 of the prospectus to delete the words
"associated with" and insert the words "employed by" to indicate
that Mr. Goff has been employed by Hampshire Equity Partners since
August 1998.
Board of Directors Composition After the Offering, page 43
43. YOU STATE THAT YOU INTEND TO AVAIL YOURSELF OF THE NASDAQ RULE
4350(C) CONTROLLED COMPANY EXCEPTION THAT APPLIES TO COMPANIES WHERE
MORE THAN 50% OF THE STOCKHOLDER VOTING POWER IS HELD BY AN
INDIVIDUAL, GROUP, OR ANOTHER COMPANY. PLEASE DISCLOSE THE
INDIVIDUAL, GROUP, OR COMPANY THAT HAS THE 50% VOTING POWER IN YOU.
ALSO, PLEASE DISCLOSE YOUR PLANS FOR COMPLYING WITH NASDAQ RULES
SHOULD THE ENTITY'S OWNERSHIP INTEREST FALL BELOW THE 50% OWNERSHIP
THRESHOLD.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 43 of the prospectus to indicate that Hampshire
Equity Partners II, L.P. holds more than 50% of the voting power in
the Company. The Company has also disclosed that the Company intends
to comply with the Nasdaq rules in the event Hampshire's ownership
falls below 50% and, as stated on pages 43 and 44 of the prospectus,
has established the necessary governance structure to ensure
compliance with applicable rules, including the establishment of a
board of directors with a majority of independent directors and the
establishment of an audit committee chaired by a "financial expert"
as defined under the Nasdaq rules.
44. PLEASE DISCLOSE WHETHER ANY OF THE FIVE DIRECTORS THAT WILL TAKE
OFFICE FOLLOWING THE OFFERING ARE HAMPSHIRE'S NOMINATED DIRECTORS.
IF SO, PLEASE STATE WHICH DIRECTORS WERE NOMINATED BY HAMPSHIRE.
ALSO, PLEASE TELL US HOW MR. FLYNN SATISFIES THE INDEPENDENCE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE NASDAQ RULES.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 43 of the prospectus to indicate that the sole
Hampshire-nominated director will be Gregory Flynn. The majority of
the board of directors will be independent, and the three
independent directors will be John Lupo, Tracy Noll and the director
nominee. The Company does not intend for Gregory Flynn to satisfy
the independence requirements of the Nasdaq rules and, because the
majority of the board of directors comprises independent directors,
the Company does not believe it is necessary for Mr. Flynn to
satisfy such requirements.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 18
Director Compensation, page 46
45. PLEASE DISCLOSE THE AMOUNT OF OPTIONS GIVEN TO YOUR DIRECTORS AS
COMPENSATION FOR THEIR SERVICES AND THE EXERCISE PRICE OF THE
OPTIONS. SEE ITEM 402(G) OF REGULATION S-K.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 46 of the prospectus to include the amount of
options given to the Company's independent directors as compensation
for their services and the exercise price of such options.
Management Consulting Agreement, page 55
46. PLEASE FILE YOUR AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT CONSULTING
AGREEMENT, EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 1, 2004, AS AN EXHIBIT TO THIS
DOCUMENT. ALSO, PLEASE DISCLOSE WHETHER THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT
ARE COMPARABLE TO THOSE YOU COULD HAVE OBTAINED FROM AN UNAFFILIATED
THIRD PARTY.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by filing with
Amendment No. 1 the Amended and Restated Management Consulting
Agreement, effective February 1, 2004, as Exhibit 10.14. The Company
has also complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 55 of the prospectus to state that the Company
believes the terms of the Amended and Restated Management Consulting
Agreement are comparable to those the Company could have obtained
from an unaffiliated third party.
47. IN YOUR STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED APRIL 13, 1999, YOU STATE THAT
FOUR MEMBERS OF YOUR BOARD MAY BE DESIGNATED BY THE OWNERS OF THE
MAJORITY OF THE VOTING STOCK BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY HAMPSHIRE EQUITY
PARTNERS AND ITS AFFILIATES. HOWEVER, ACCORDING TO YOUR NOMINATING
AGREEMENT WITH HAMPSHIRE EQUITY PARTNERS, HAMPSHIRE IS PERMITTED TO
DESIGNATE ONLY UP TO TWO DIRECTORS TO BE NOMINATED, DEPENDING ON THE
HAMPSHIRE'S STOCK OWNERSHIP. PLEASE CLARIFY WHETHER THE NOMINATING
AGREEMENT WILL SUPERSEDE THIS PROVISION OF THE STOCKHOLDERS
AGREEMENT.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 55 of the prospectus to clarify the fact that,
pursuant to its terms, all of the provisions of the stockholders
agreement will terminate upon consummation of the offering, other
than the registration rights described under "Related Party
Transactions - Stockholders Agreement." In addition, as described in
the prospectus the parties thereto intend to terminate the
stockholders agreement in connection with the offering.
Principal and Selling Stockholders, page 57
48. PLEASE IDENTIFY THE BENEFICIAL OWNER THAT HAS THE ULTIMATE VOTING OR
INVESTMENT CONTROL OVER THE SHARES OF HAMPSHIRE EQUITY PARTNERS II,
L.P. LISTED IN YOUR SELLING SHAREHOLDER TABLE ON PAGE 57. SEE
INTERPRETATION 60 UNDER SECTION I. REGULATION S-K IN THE DIVISION OF
CORPORATION FINANCE'S
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 19
MANUAL OF PUBLICLY AVAILABLE TELEPHONE INTERPRETATIONS (JULY 1997).
PLEASE UPDATE THIS INFORMATION SO IT IS PRESENTED AS OF THE MOST
RECENT PRACTICABLE DATE. SEE ITEM 403 OF REGULATION S-K.
The Company has revised the disclosure on page 57 of the prospectus
to comply with the Staff's comment.
Lock-Up Agreements, page 62
49. PLEASE TELL US WHAT FACTORS CIBC WORK MARKETS CORP. WOULD TAKE INTO
CONSIDERATION IN DECIDING WHETHER TO CONSENT TO A DISPOSITION OF
SECURITIES PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE LOCK-UP.
The Company has been advised by CIBC World Markets Corp. that the
release of any lock-up agreement by it will be considered on a
case-by-case basis. Factors in any such decision may include the
length of time before the lock-up agreement expires, the number of
shares involved, the reason for the requested release, market
conditions, the trading price of the Company's common stock, and the
identity of the person or entity seeking the release (i.e. the
Company or one of the Company's affiliates, shareholders, executive
officers or directors). The Company has been advised by the
underwriters that the underwriters have no current intention of
waiving the lock-ups.
Underwriting, page 64
50. PLEASE DISCLOSE WHICH OF YOUR SELLING SHAREHOLDERS ARE AFFILIATES,
AND DISCLOSE THAT AN AFFILIATE MAY BE DEEMED TO BE AN UNDERWRITER
UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure on page 66 of the prospectus in accordance with the
Staff's comment.
51. PLEASE IDENTIFY ANY MEMBERS OF THE UNDERWRITING SYNDICATE THAT WILL
ENGAGE IN ANY ELECTRONIC OFFER, SALE, OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE SHARES
AND DESCRIBE THEIR PROCEDURES TO US SUPPLEMENTALLY. IF YOU BECOME
AWARE OF ANY MEMBERS OF THE UNDERWRITING SYNDICATE THAT MAY ENGAGE
IN ELECTRONIC OFFERS, SALES, OR DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER YOU RESPOND TO
THIS COMMENT, PLEASE SUPPLEMENT YOUR RESPONSE PROMPTLY TO IDENTIFY
THOSE MEMBERS AND PROVIDE US WITH A DESCRIPTION OF THEIR PROCEDURES.
ALSO, PLEASE BRIEFLY DESCRIBE ANY ELECTRONIC DISTRIBUTION IN THE
FILING. IN YOUR DISCUSSION OF THE PROCEDURES, TELL US HOW THEY
ENSURE THAT THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIES WITH SECTION 5 OF THE
SECURITIES ACT. IN PARTICULAR, PLEASE ADDRESS:
- THE COMMUNICATION USED;
- THE AVAILABILITY OF THE PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS;
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 20
- THE MANNER OF CONDUCTING THE DISTRIBUTION AND SALE, SUCH
AS THE USE OF INDICATIONS OF INTEREST OR CONDITIONAL
OFFERS; AND
- THE FUNDING OF AN ACCOUNT AND PAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE
PRICE.
FINALLY, PLEASE TELL US WHETHER YOU OR THE UNDERWRITERS HAVE ANY
ARRANGEMENTS WITH A THIRD PARTY TO HOST OR ACCESS YOUR PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS ON THE INTERNET. IF SO, IDENTIFY THE PARTY AND THE
WEBSITE, DESCRIBE THE MATERIAL TERMS OF YOUR AGREEMENT AND PROVIDE
US WITH A COPY OF ANY WRITTEN AGREEMENT. PROVIDE US ALSO WITH COPIES
OF ALL INFORMATION CONCERNING YOUR COMPANY OR PROSPECTUS THAT HAS
APPEARED ON THEIR WEBSITE. AGAIN, IF YOU SUBSEQUENTLY ENTER INTO ANY
SUCH ARRANGEMENTS, PROMPTLY SUPPLEMENT YOUR RESPONSE. WE MAY HAVE
FURTHER COMMENT.
Based on information provided to the Company by CIBC World
Markets Corp., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, SG Cowen & Co., LLC
and Piper Jaffray & Co., neither they nor any of their affiliates
intend to engage in any electronic offer, sale or distribution in
connection with the offering.
The Company has also been informed by CIBC World Markets Corp.,
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, SG Cowen & Co., LLC and Piper Jaffray
& Co. (collectively, the "Representatives") that they do not
currently have any arrangement or intention to host or provide
access to the preliminary prospectus on the Internet. If any of the
Representatives chooses to host or provide access to the preliminary
prospectus on the Internet, they will do so on a password protected
website such as Yahoo! Net RoadShow, inform the Commission of their
intention and inform the Commission on which website they intend to
host or provide access to the preliminary prospectus.
52. PLEASE TELL US WHETHER YOU PLAN TO HAVE A DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM FOR
EMPLOYEES AND OTHERS. IF SO, PLEASE SUPPLEMENTALLY TELL US THE
MECHANICS OF HOW AND WHEN THESE SHARES WILL BE OFFERED AND SOLD TO
PERSONS IN THE DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM. FOR EXAMPLE, PLEASE EXPLAIN
FOR US HOW YOU WILL DETERMINE THE PROSPECTIVE RECIPIENTS OF RESERVED
SHARES. TELL US WHEN AND HOW THEY WILL INDICATE THEIR INTEREST IN
PURCHASING SHARES. ALSO, PLEASE TELL US HOW AND WHEN THE ISSUER AND
UNDERWRITERS WILL CONTACT THE DIRECT SHARE INVESTORS, INCLUDING THE
TYPES OF COMMUNICATIONS USED. WHEN WILL THE SHARES AND MONEY BE
EXCHANGED? WHEN DO PURCHASERS BECOME COMMITTED TO PURCHASE THEIR
SHARES? HOW AND WHEN WILL THE NUMBER OF SHARES OFFERED BE
DETERMINED? WILL THE PROCEDURES FOR THE DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM
DIFFER FROM THE PROCEDURES FOR THE GENERAL OFFERING TO THE PUBLIC?
The Company does not plan to have a directed share program for
employees or others in connection with the offering.
53. PLEASE TELL US WHETHER ONE OF THE UNDERWRITERS, OTHER THAN CIBC
WORLD MARKETS CORP., WILL ACT AS A QUALIFIED INDEPENDENT
UNDERWRITER.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 21
The Company has been advised by the Representatives that there is no
"conflict of interest" or any other situation described by the
Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. (the "Conduct Rules") that would necessitate a "qualified
independent underwriter" for the offering as prescribed by Conduct
Rule 2720(c)(3).
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, page F-7
General
54. WE NOTE YOUR DISCLOSURE ON PAGE 23 THAT HANDLING AND DISTRIBUTION
CENTER COSTS ARE INCLUDED IN SELLING, GENERAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE
EXPENSES. PLEASE EXPAND YOUR DISCLOSURE IN THAT SECTION AND IN THE
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TO DESCRIBE THE COSTS INCLUDED IN
COSTS OF SALES. PLEASE INDICATE SPECIFICALLY WHETHER YOU INCLUDE
PURCHASING AND RECEIVING COSTS, INSPECTION COSTS, INTERNAL TRANSFER
COSTS, AND OTHER COSTS OF YOUR DISTRIBUTION NETWORK. FOR THOSE COSTS
YOU EXCLUDED, SUCH AS THE DISTRIBUTION CENTER COSTS, PLEASE TELL US
WHY THE COSTS ARE EXCLUDED AND DISCLOSE:
- THE LINE ITEM THAT THE EXCLUDED COSTS ARE INCLUDED IN,
FOR EXAMPLE, SELLING GENERAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE, AND
THE AMOUNTS INCLUDED IN EACH LINE ITEM FOR EACH PERIOD
PRESENTED; AND
- IN YOUR MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS SECTION,
THAT YOUR GROSS MARGINS MAY NOT BE COMPARABLE TO OTHERS,
SINCE SOME ENTITIES INCLUDE THE COSTS RELATED TO THEIR
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK IN COST OF GOODS SOLD AND OTHERS,
LIKE YOU, EXCLUDE ALL OR A PORTION OF THEM FROM GROSS
MARGIN, INCLUDING THEM INSTEAD IN A LINE ITEM SUCH AS
SELLING, GENERAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosures within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the notes to the financial
statements to describe the distribution center costs included in
costs of sales.
Note 2(c), Inventory, page F-7
55. WE NOTE THAT YOU RECORD A PROVISION FOR INVENTORY SHRINKAGE. PLEASE
INCLUDE THE ACTIVITY IN THAT RESERVE IN SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND
QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS, UNLESS SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME INFORMATION IS
PRESENTED IN THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. SEE RULES 5-04 AND 12-09 OF
REGULATION S-X.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by including the
activity in Note 11 to the financial statements on page F-18 of the
prospectus.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 22
Note 2(g), Stock-Based Compensation, page F-8
56. PLEASE ADD BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE AS REPORTED AND THE
PER SHARE EFFECT OF THE APPLICATION OF FAS 123 TO THE
RECONCILIATION. SEE PARAGRAPH 45(C)(1) OF FAS 123.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure within Note 2 of the financial statements on page F-7 of
the prospectus to include the per share data.
Note 2(h), Revenue Recognition, page F-8
57. PLEASE DISCLOSE HOW YOU ACCOUNT FOR SALES RETURNS AND YOUR
METHODOLOGY FOR DETERMINING A RESERVE FOR SALES RETURNS, IF ANY. IN
ADDITION, IF CHANGES IN ESTIMATED RETURNS RECOGNIZED ARE MATERIAL,
PLEASE DISCLOSE. SEE PARAGRAPHS 6-8 OF FAS 48. PLEASE INCLUDE THE
ACTIVITY IN THE RESERVE IN SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING
ACCOUNTS, UNLESS SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME INFORMATION IS PRESENTED IN
THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. SEE RULES 5-04 AND 12-09 OF REGULATION
S-X.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by adding
disclosure on page F-18 of the prospectus regarding how the Company
accounts for sales returns and its methodology for determining a
reserve for sales returns. The Company does not believe that the
reserve for sales returns is material. As of January 29, 2005 and
January 31, 2004, the Company's reserves for sales returns was
$70,000 and $40,000, respectively.
Note 2(o), Business Reporting Segments, page F-l0
58. WE NOTE THAT YOU REPORT ONLY ONE OPERATING SEGMENT. IN THE BUSINESS
SECTION ON PAGE 37, YOU DISPLAY REVENUES BY MERCHANDISE ASSORTMENT,
INCLUDING WOMEN'S, CHILDREN'S, MEN'S, ETC. THEREFORE, IT APPEARS
THAT DISCRETE FINANCIAL INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE. IN ADDITION, YOU
MENTION THROUGHOUT THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT ONE OF YOUR
GROWTH STRATEGIES INVOLVES THE EXPANSION OF ADJACENT PRODUCT
CATEGORIES, SUCH AS HOME DECOR AND INTIMATE APPAREL. PLEASE TELL US
HOW YOU CONSIDERED PARAGRAPH 10 OF FAS 131 IN YOUR DETERMINATION
THAT YOU HAVE ONLY ONE REPORTABLE OPERATING SEGMENT AND WHETHER YOU
HAVE AGGREGATED SEGMENTS. WE MAY HAVE FURTHER COMMENTS UPON REVIEW
OF YOUR RESPONSE.
The Company supplementally informs the Staff that the Company has
one operating segment with different merchandise categories. The
Company does not maintain profit and loss statements or cost centers
by merchandising categories. Although the Company reviews sales by
merchandise categories, it does not consider them to be separate,
reportable segments in relation to FAS 131.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 23
Note 8, Stockholders' Equity, page F-13
59. WE NOTE YOU HAVE A STOCK OPTION PLAN THAT PERMITS UP TO
APPROXIMATELY 75,000 SHARES TO BE GRANTED THROUGH THE ISSUANCES OF
OPTIONS. WE ASSUME THAT THE ESTIMATE OF FAIR VALUE OF THE UNDERLYING
STOCK AT THE GRANT DATE IS AT THE DISCRETION OF THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS. ALSO, WE NOTE THAT YOU RECORDED COMPENSATION EXPENSE FOR
THE INTRINSIC VALUE OF OPTIONS GRANTED BASED ON YOUR FAIR VALUE
ESTIMATE. PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION:
- THE ESTIMATED OFFERING RANGE THAT WAS INITIALLY
DISCUSSED WITH THE LEAD UNDERWRITER OR SYNDICATE,
INCLUDING THE DATE THE OFFERING PRICE WAS FIRST
DISCUSSED EITHER FORMALLY OR INFORMALLY. SPECIFICALLY,
TELL US WHETHER THIS WOULD HAVE DIFFERED FROM THE
OFFERING PRICE RANGE THAT WOULD NORMALLY HAVE APPEARED
ON PAGE 1 OF THE PROSPECTUS IN YOUR INITIAL FILING;
- FOR THE MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR TO THE LATEST
PRACTICABLE DATE, A LISTING OF OPTIONS OR OTHER EQUITY
INSTRUMENTS GRANTED TO EMPLOYEES THAT INDICATES THE DATE
OF GRANT/ISSUANCE, THE EXERCISE/PURCHASE PRICE, AND THE
AMOUNT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION RECORDED ON EACH
GRANT/ISSUANCE;
- OBJECTIVE EVIDENCE OF FAIR VALUE OF THE UNDERLYING
SHARES SUPPORTING THE OPTIONS OR SHARE GRANTS. THIS
INFORMATION WOULD INCLUDE THE PRICES AT WHICH
CONTEMPORANEOUS SALES OF COMMON OR CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
SECURITIES TOOK PLACE, INDEPENDENT APPRAISALS OBTAINED
PRIOR TO OPTION GRANTS, OR ANY OTHER INFORMATION THAT
SUPPORTS YOUR DETERMINATION OF FAIR VALUE;
- A TIME LINE OF COMPANY SPECIFIC EVENTS THAT SUPPORTS THE
RELATIVE INCREASE/DECREASE IN FAIR VALUE OF YOUR EQUITY
SECURITIES BASED ON COMPANY SPECIFIC MILESTONES OR OTHER
ECONOMIC EVENTS. NOTE THAT THIS TIME LINE SHOULD
CULMINATE IN THE OFFERING RANGE INITIALLY DISCUSSED AND
CURRENTLY DISCUSSED; AND
- ANY OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR US TO MAKE
AN INDEPENDENT EVALUATION OF YOUR JUDGMENTS/ESTIMATES
SURROUNDING THE ISSUE OF STOCK COMPENSATION.
WE MAY HAVE FURTHER COMMENT UPON REVIEW OF YOUR RESPONSE.
The Company supplementally informs the Staff that the Company's
Board of Directors has determined the fair value of the Company's
stock on a quarterly basis since the year ended January 2002 by
using a consistent formula based on the twelve-month rolling EBITDA
of the Company multiplied by a private company multiple less
outstanding debt. The price multiple, equal to 5.5 times EBITDA, is
based on other private transactions observed during the past year.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 24
Please see Exhibit A attached hereto for the calculation of the
Company's valuation as of the beginning of fiscal 2004 and as of
the end of each of the first three quarters of fiscal 2004, and see
Exhibit B attached hereto for the comparable private company price
multiples on private transactions.
The Company supplementally informs the Staff that the Company
selected CIBC as the lead underwriter during August 2004. The
estimated offering range initially discussed with CIBC at that time
was a total market cap value of $160 million to $200 million, based
upon the Company's projected 2006 earnings. This price range has not
varied significantly during the Company's relationship with CIBC as
the lead underwriter. The Company's 2004 actual performance (as now
shown in the prospectus) did not deviate significantly from the
range of expected earnings for 2004 during the initial pricing
discussions.
Per your request, the Company has supplementally attached a listing
of all stock option grants from January 1, 2004 to present. No
options have been granted since October 31, 2004. See Exhibit C
attached hereto for the grant listing and Exhibit D attached hereto
for the Black-Scholes calculation of the compensation expense
required to be disclosed in the financial statements for fiscal
2004.
Although no independent appraisals have been conducted in support
of the Company's valuations for stock option grants, the Company
believes that Exhibits A and B hereto support the enterprise
valuations that the Company utilized in assigning appropriate
values to the 2004 grants. Exhibit A also serves as a timeline of
"milestones or economic events" as it shows the consistent
quarterly valuation of the Company's stock based on quarterly
earnings performance. Please note that the Company did not make a
determination to proceed with the initial public offering process
until December 2004. Also, please note that, consistent with many
other apparel companies operating in the retail industry, the
Company earned approximately 67% of its net income for fiscal 2004
during the fourth quarter and, therefore, would realize a
significant increase in valuation upon the achievement of this
level of sales and earnings performance in the fourth quarter.
Based on the above, the Company believes that it has properly valued
it stock transactions during fiscal 2004.
Note 10, Related Party Transactions, page F-16
60. PLEASE EXPAND YOUR DISCLOSURE TO INDICATE HOW MANAGEMENT FEES ARE
DETERMINED AND THE NATURE OF THE CONSULTING SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE
AFFILIATE. ALSO, PLEASE DISCLOSE THE TERMINATION FEE AND ANY OTHER
PERTINENT TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure in the revised notes to the financial statements. See
Note 11 on page F-18.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 7, 2005
Page 25
39 Weeks Ended October 30, 2004 and November 1, 2003
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows, page F-31
61. WE NOTE THE MATURITIES OF YOUR REVOLVING LINES OF CREDIT ARE 12
MONTHS AND MORE. PLEASE ADVISE OR REVISE TO SHOW CASH BORROWINGS AND
REPAYMENTS GROSS. SEE PARAGRAPH 13 OF SFAS 95.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
Statements of Cash Flows on page F-5 of the prospectus to show cash
borrowings and gross repayments.
PART II
Signatures, page II-5
62. IN ADDITION TO THOSE WHO HAVE SIGNED YOUR DOCUMENT ALREADY, PLEASE
HAVE YOUR CONTROLLER OR PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER SIGN YOUR
DOCUMENT, OR IDENTIFY THE PERSON WHO IS FULFILLING THAT FUNCTION.
SEE INSTRUCTIONS TO THE SIGNATURES SECTION OF FORM S-1.
The Company has complied with the Staff's comment by revising the
disclosure to indicate Thomas Stoltz is the Company's principal
accounting officer. Please see the reference to Thomas Stoltz as the
Company's principal accounting officer on page II-5.
* * * * * *
We would greatly appreciate your prompt attention in resolving any
remaining open issues. If you have any questions regarding the responses to the
Staff's comments, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned at (212)
318-6400.
Kindly acknowledge receipt of the foregoing responses by stamping the
enclosed additional copy of this letter and returning the same to the
undersigned.
Sincerely,
/s/ William F. Schwitter
for PAUL, HASTINGS, JANOFSKY & WALKER LLP
cc: R. Edward Anderson
John Fieldsend, Staff Attorney
EXHIBIT A
---------
CITI TRENDS, INC.
COMMON STOCK VALUATION ANALYSIS
($000's Except Shares Outstanding)
Fourth First Second Third
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter
2003 2004 2004 2004
Actual Actual Actual Actual
31-JAN-04 1-MAY-04 31-JUL-04 30-OCT-04
VALUATION VALUATION VALUATION VALUATION
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating Data -- EBITDA $ 14,130 $ 14,728 $ 14,780 $ 15,121
Multiple 5.5X 5.5X 5.5X 5.5X
Enterprise Value $ 77,715 $ 81,004 $ 81,290 $ 83,166
Cash from Option Proceeds $ 567 $ 712 $ 776 $ 1,028
Revolver Balance & Lease Obligations 3,481 3,820 3,721 2,675
Preferred Stock 5,160 5,241 4,823 4,404
Equity Value $ 69,641 $ 72,655 $ 73,522 $ 77,115
Primary Shares Outstanding 357,500 357,500 357,500 357,500
Options 53,596 54,724 55,899 57,823
Ex. Price ($10/share, divided by 1,000 for presentation in '000s) $ 0.01 $ 0.01 $ 0.01 $ 0.02
Exercise Proceeds $ 567 $ 712 $ 776 $ 1,028
Fully Diluted Shares Outstanding 411,096 412,224 413,399 415,323
Per Share Value - Pre Liquidity Discount $ 169.40 $ 176.25 $ 177.85 $ 185.67
Liquidity Discount (Based on Ibbotson's Size Premium) 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%
Per Share Value $ 169.40 $ 176.25 $ 177.85 $ 185.67
USE $ 170.00 $ 177.00 $ 178.00 $ 186.00
EXHIBIT B
---------
CITI TRENDS, INC.
COMPARABLE SPECIALTY RETAIL TRANSACTION LISTING
TRANSACTION
VALUE
AS A
MULTIPLE
OF LTM
BUYER SELLER EBITDA
- ------------------------ ------------------------------- ---------------
Crescent Capital Loehman's 7.10x
Saunders Karp & Megrue CoMark 4.10x
Saunders Karp & Megrue Ollies 5.90x
Kids Outlet LLC W&W Wholesale Inc. 5.60x
Casual Male Retail Group Rochester Big and Tall Clothing 5.70x
Sun Capital & Cerberus Mervyns Inc. (Target) 5.90x
Genesco Hat World 7.50x
Gart Sports Sports Authority 4.60x
Advance Auto Discount Auto Parts 6.60x
Gart Sports Oshmans 3.10x
Bon-Ton Stores Elder-Beerman Stores 5.90x
Retail Brand Alliance Brooks Brothers 4.80x
AVERAGE 5.56X
EXHIBIT C
---------
CITI TRENDS, INC.
Option Worksheet
First Quarter 2004
------------------------------------------
Date of Strike Options Granted Balance
--------- ------- -----------
Name Title Grant Price Forfeits Exerc Additions 5/1/2004
- -------------- -------------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ------------ ---------
John Lupo Director 3/10/2004 $170.00 100 100
Tracy Noll Director 3/10/2004 $170.00 100 100
Chris Bergen Contoller 3/23/2004 $170.00 200 200
Charles Cheeseman Director of DC 4/19/2004 $170.00 400 400
S.L. Timberman Buyer 4/29/2004 $170.00 400 400
Amanda Beggs Buyer 4/29/2004 $170.00 200 200
Rimma Shusterman Buyer 5/3/2004 $177.00
Jack O'Hara VP of Real Estate 5/26/2004 $177.00
Diane Coker District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00
Eliza Lowery District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00
Debbie Addison District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00
Paula Allen Buyer 9/17/2004 $178.00
Chris Hutton Dirctor of IS 9/29/2004 $178.00
Jane Neville Divisional Merchandise Manager 10/14/2004 $178.00
HEP Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00
Bellino Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00
Anderson Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00
Dillon Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00
Noll Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00
Total Options - - 1,400 1,400
========= ========= ========== ========
Second Quarter 2004
------------------------------------------
Date of Strike Options Granted Balance
---------- ------- ----------
Name Title Grant Price Forfeits Exerc Additions 7/31/2004
- -------------- -------------- ------- --------- ---------- ------- ------------ ---------
John Lupo Director 3/10/2004 $170.00 100
Tracy Noll Director 3/10/2004 $170.00 100
Chris Bergen Contoller 3/23/2004 $170.00 200
Charles Cheeseman Director of DC 4/19/2004 $170.00 400
S.L. Timberman Buyer 4/29/2004 $170.00 400
Amanda Beggs Buyer 4/29/2004 $170.00 200
Rimma Shusterman Buyer 5/3/2004 $177.00 600 600
Jack O'Hara VP of Real Estate 5/26/2004 $177.00 200 200
Diane Coker District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00
Eliza Lowery District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00
Debbie Addison District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00
Paula Allen Buyer 9/17/2004 $178.00
Chris Hutton Dirctor of IS 9/29/2004 $178.00
Jane Neville Divisional Merchandise Manager 10/14/2004 $178.00
HEP Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00
Bellino Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00
Anderson Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00
Dillon Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00
Noll Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00
Total Options - - 800 2,200
========= ========= ========== ========
Third Quarter 2004
------------------------------------------
Date of Strike Options Granted Balance
----------- ------ ----------
Name Title Grant Price Forfeits Exerc Additions 10/30/2004
- -------------- -------------- ------- --------- ----------- ------ ----------- ----------
John Lupo Director 3/10/2004 $170.00 100
Tracy Noll Director 3/10/2004 $170.00 100
Chris Bergen Contoller 3/23/2004 $170.00 200
Charles Cheeseman Director of DC 4/19/2004 $170.00 400
S.L. Timberman Buyer 4/29/2004 $170.00 400
Amanda Beggs Buyer 4/29/2004 $170.00 200
Rimma Shusterman Buyer 5/3/2004 $177.00 600
Jack O'Hara VP of Real Estate 5/26/2004 $177.00 200
Diane Coker District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00 200 200
Eliza Lowery District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00 200 200
Debbie Addison District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00 200 200
Paula Allen Buyer 9/17/2004 $178.00 200 200
Chris Hutton Dirctor of IS 9/29/2004 $178.00 200 200
Jane Neville Divisional Merchandise Manager 10/14/2004 $178.00 400 400
HEP Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00 1,137 1 ,137
Bellino Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00 26 26
Anderson Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00 12 12
Dillon Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00 18 18
Noll Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00 6 6
Total Options - - 2,599 4,799
========= ========= ========== ========
Fourth Quarter 2004
------------------------------------------
Date of Strike Options Granted Balance
--------- ------- -----------
Name Title Grant Price Forfeits Exerc Additions 1/29/2004
- -------------- -------------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ------------ ----------
John Lupo Director 3/10/2004 $170.00 100
Tracy Noll Director 3/10/2004 $170.00 100
Chris Bergen Contoller 3/23/2004 $170.00 200
Charles Cheeseman Director of DC 4/19/2004 $170.00 400
S.L. Timberman Buyer 4/29/2004 $170.00 400
Amanda Beggs Buyer 4/29/2004 $170.00 200
Rimma Shusterman Buyer 5/3/2004 $177.00 600
Jack O'Hara VP of Real Estate 5/26/2004 $177.00 200
Diane Coker District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00 200
Eliza Lowery District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00 200
Debbie Addison District Manager 5/30/2004 $178.00 200
Paula Allen Buyer 9/17/2004 $178.00 200
Chris Hutton Dirctor of IS 9/29/2004 $178.00 200
Jane Neville Divisional Merchandise Manager 10/14/2004 $178.00 400
HEP Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00 1 ,137
Bellino Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00 26
Anderson Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00 12
Dillon Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00 18
Noll Shareholder 10/30/2004 $178.00 6
Total Options - - - 4,799
========= ========= ========== ========
EXHIBIT D
---------
FAS 123 Pro Forma Net Income Disclosures:
Compensation Fiscal 2004
FYE 1/29/05 Expense Grants
Pre-Tax After-Tax Pre-Tax After-Tax
Net Income As Reported 7,257,245
---------------
Addback:
Option expense recorded by CitiTrends 44,627 Expensed
Option expense recorded for Hampshire 58,672 103,299 63,508 58,672 36,072 in Income Statement
Deduct:
Management 123 expense (153,672) 1 (85,824) (52,765)
Director 123 expense (9,869) 2 (9,869) (6,068)
Anti-Dilutive expense (61,871) (225,412) (138,583) 3 (61,871) (38,038)
---------------------------------------- --------------------------
Net effect (122,113) (157,564) (96,870)
Footnote
123 Tax Impact 47,038 (122,113) (75,075) (98,892) (60,799) Disclosure
Only
---------------
FAS 123 Pro Forma Income 7,182,170
===============
Tax Rate 38.52%
1 SEE DETAILED SCHEDULE ATTACHED
2 SEE DETAILED SCHEDULE ATTACHED
3 SEE DETAILED SCHEDULE ATTACHED
SCHEDULE 1
Note: The following schedule calculates compensation expense to be recognized
for management's options under FAS 123.
EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION DATA INPUTS
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Options Grant Exercise Stock Expiration Max Vesting
Name Type Granted Date Price Price Date Life Date
---- ---- ------- ---- ----- ----- ---- ---- ----
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 5/1/04 $170.00 $170.00 5/1/13 10.0 5/1/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 5/1/04 $170.00 $170.00 5/1/13 10.0 5/1/06
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 5/1/04 $170.00 $170.00 5/1/13 10.0 5/1/07
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 5/1/04 $170.00 $170.00 5/1/13 10.0 5/1/08
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 1,200
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average $170.00 $170.00
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 1,200
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 7/31/04 $177.00 $177.00 7/31/13 10.0 7/31/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 7/31/04 $177.00 $177.00 7/31/13 10.0 7/31/06
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 7/31/04 $177.00 $177.00 7/31/13 10.0 7/31/07
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 7/31/04 $177.00 $177.00 7/31/13 10.0 7/31/08
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 800
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average $177.00 $177.00
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 800
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 10/30/04 $178.00 $178.00 10/30/13 10.0 10/30/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 10/30/04 $178.00 $178.00 10/30/13 10.0 10/30/06
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 10/30/04 $178.00 $178.00 10/30/13 10.0 10/30/07
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 10/30/04 $178.00 $178.00 10/30/13 10.0 10/30/08
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 1,400
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average $178.00 $178.00
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 1,400
EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION DATA INPUTS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Options Vesting Expected Risk-free Dividend Option
Name Type Granted Period Life Rate Volatility Yield Value
---- ---- ------- ------ ---- ---- ---------- ----- -----
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 1.0 2.0 1.91% 50.00% 0.0% $49.35
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 2.0 3.0 2.44% 50.00% 0.0% $61.12
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 3.0 4.0 2.86% 50.00% 0.0% $71.13
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 4.0 4.0 2.86% 50.00% 0.0% $71.14
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 1,200
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average 3.3 2.5% 50.0% 0.0% $63.18
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 1,200
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 1.0 2.0 1.91% 50.00% 0.0% $51.38
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 2.0 3.0 2.44% 50.00% 0.0% $63.64
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 3.0 4.0 2.86% 50.00% 0.0% $74.06
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 4.0 4.0 2.86% 50.00% 0.0% $74.07
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 800
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average 3.3 2.5% 50.0% 0.0% $65.79
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 800
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 1.0 2.0 1.91% 50.00% 0.0% $51.67
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 2.0 3.0 2.44% 50.00% 0.0% $64.00
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 3.0 4.0 2.86% 50.00% 0.0% $74.48
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 4.0 4.0 2.86% 50.00% 0.0% $74.48
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 1,400
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average 3.3 2.5% 50.0% 0.0% $66.16
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 1,400
TOTAL FAIR MARKET VALUE INPUTS
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Annual Total Estimated Total
Options Forfeiture Survival Total Options Fair
Name Type Granted Rate Rate Exercised Value
---- ---- ------- ---- ---- --------- -----
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 10.0% 90.0% 270 $13,323
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 10.0% 81.0% 243 $14,853
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 10.0% 72.9% 219 $15,556
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 10.0% 65.6% 197 $14,002
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 1,200 929 $57,734 FY 2004
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average 10.0% 77.4% Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 1,200
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 10.0% 90.0% 180 $9,248
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 10.0% 81.0% 162 $10,310
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 10.0% 72.9% 146 $10,798
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 10.0% 65.6% 131 $9,719
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 800 619 $40,074 FY 2004
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average 10.0% 77.4% Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 800
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 10.0% 90.0% 315 $16,275
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 10.0% 81.0% 284 $18,144
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 10.0% 72.9% 255 $19,002
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 10.0% 65.6% 230 $17,104
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 1,400 1,083 $70,526 FY 2004
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average 10.0% 77.4% Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 1,400
EXPENSE TO BE RECOGNIZED (FOOTNOTE DISCLOSURE ONLY)
------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Options
Name Type Granted 2004 2005 2006 2007 Totals
---- ---- ------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ------
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 13,323 13,323
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 7,426 7,426 14,853
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 5,185 5,185 5,185 15,556
Citi Trds Non Quals 300 3,500 3,500 3,500 3,500 14,002
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 1,200 29,435 16,112 8,686 3,500 $ 57,734
- ---------------------------------
Weighted Average -- -- --
- ---------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 1,200
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 9,248 9,248
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 5,155 5,155 10,310
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 3,599 3,599 3,599 10,798
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 2,430 2,430 2,430 2,430 9,719
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 800 20,432 11,184 6,029 2,430 $ 40,074
- ---------------------------------
Weighted Average -- -- --
- ---------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 800
FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 16,275 16,275
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 9,072 9,072 18,144
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 6,334 6,334 6,334 19,002
Citi Trds Non Quals 350 4,276 4,276 4,276 4,276 17,104
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Total 1,400 35,957 19,682 10,610 4,276 $ 70,526
- ---------------------------------
Weighted Average -- -- --
- ---------------------------------
Totals for FY2004 1,400 85,824 46,978 25,325 10,206 168,333
SCHEDULE 2
NOTE: NEW DIRECTOR OPTIONS WERE ISSUED IN FISCAL YEAR ENDING 1/29/05:
EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION DATA INPUTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Options Grant Exercise Stock Expiration Maximum Vesting Vesting Expected Risk-free
Name Type Granted Date Price Price Date Life Date Period Life Rate
- ---- ---- -------- ---- ----- ----- ---- ---- ---- ------ ---- ----
Citi Trds Non Quals 200 A 3/10/04 $170.00 $170.00 3/10/14 10.0 3/10/05 1.0 2.0 1.91%
EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION DATA INPUTS TOTAL FAIR MARKET VALUE INPUTS EXPENSE TO BE RECOGNIZED
-------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------- -------------------------
Annual Total Estimated Total
Dividend Option Forfeiture Survival Total Options Fair
Name Volatility Yield Value Rate Rate Exercised Value 2004
- ---- ---------- ----- ----- ---- ---- --------- ----- ----
Citi Trds 50.00% 0.0% $49.35 0.0% 100.0% 200 $9,869 9,869
SCHEDULE 3
NOTE: ANTI-DILUTIVE OPTIONS WERE ISSUED IN THIRD QUARTER FISCAL 2004 ONLY:
EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION DATA INPUTS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Options Grant Exercise Stock Expiration Maximum Vesting Vesting Expected Risk-free
Name Type Granted Date Price Price Date Life Date Period Life Rate
- ---- ---- -------- ---- ----- ----- ---- ---- ---- ------ ---- ----
Citi Trds Non Quals 1,137 A 10/30/04 $178.00 $178.00 10/30/13 10.0 10/30/04 0.0 2.0 1.86%
Citi Trds Non Quals 62 A 10/30/04 $178.00 $178.00 10/30/13 10.0 10/30/04 0.0 2.0 1.86%
EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION DATA INPUTS TOTAL FAIR MARKET VALUE INPUTS EXPENSE TO BE RECOGNIZED
----------------------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------
Annual Total Estimated Total
Dividend Option Forfeiture Survival Total Options Fair
Name Volatility Yield Value Rate Rate Exercised Value 2004 2005
- ---- ---------- ----- ----- ---- ---- --------- ----- ----- ----
Citi Trds 50.00% 0.0% $51.60 0.0% 100.0% 1,137 $58,672 58,672
Citi Trds 50.00% 0.0% $51.60 0.0% 100.0% 62 $3,199 3,199
------
Annual Expense 61,871
======